ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE

Abstract

An organic EL device includes a first hole transporting zone including a first anode-side organic layer and a second anode-side organic layer, in which at least one of the first anode-side organic layer or the second anode-side organic layer contains an additive material, and when the first anode-side organic layer contains a fourth material as the additive material, Numerical Formula N1 and N2 are satisfied:

[00001] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1} > {NM}_{2} & (Numerical Formula N1) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1 4} > N M_{10} & (Numerical Formula N2) \end{matrix}$

where NM.sub.1 represents a refractive index of a constituent material in the first anode-side organic layer; NM.sub.2 represents a refractive index of a constituent material in the second anode-side organic layer; NM.sub.10 represents a refractive index of the constituent material in the first anode-side organic layer not containing the fourth material; and NM.sub.14 represents a refractive index of the constituent material in the first anode-side organic layer containing the fourth material.

Claims

1-41. (canceled)

42. An organic electroluminescence device, comprising: a cathode; an anode; a first emitting region disposed between the cathode and the anode; and a first hole transporting zone disposed between the anode and the first emitting region, wherein the first emitting region comprises at least one emitting layer, the first hole transporting zone comprises at least a first anode-side organic layer, a second anode-side organic layer, and a third anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed between the anode and the first emitting region in this order from a side close to the anode, the second anode-side organic layer comprises a second organic material, the second organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, the third anode-side organic layer has a film thickness of 20 nm or more, the third anode-side organic layer comprises a sixth organic material, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, at least one of the second anode-side organic or the third anode-side organic layer comprises an additive material, the additive material comprised in the second anode-side organic layer is a fourth material, the additive material comprised in the third anode-side organic layer is a fifth material, the fourth material and the fifth material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different, and the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX1) and at least one of numerical formulae (Numerical Formula NX2 and Numerical Formula NX3) below, $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} > {NM}_{3} & (Numerical Formula NX1) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2 4} > {NM}_{2 0} & (Numerical Formula NX2) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{3 0} > {NM}_{3 5} & (Numerical Formula NX3) \end{matrix}$ where, in the formulae (Numerical Formula NX1, Numerical Formula NX2, and Numerical Formula NX3): NM.sub.2 represents a refractive index of a constituent material comprised in the second anode-side organic layer; NM.sub.3 represents a refractive index of a constituent material comprised in the third anode-side organic layer; NM.sub.20 represents a refractive index of the constituent material comprised in the second anode-side organic layer not comprising the fourth material; NM.sub.24 represents a refractive index of the constituent material comprised in the second anode-side organic layer comprising the fourth material; NM.sub.30 represents a refractive index of the constituent material comprised in the third anode-side organic layer not comprising the fifth material; and NM.sub.35 represents a refractive index of the constituent material comprised in the third anode-side organic layer comprising the fifth material.

43. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein a difference NM.sub.2-NM.sub.3 between the refractive index NM.sub.2 of the constituent material comprised in the second anode-side organic layer and the refractive index NM.sub.3 of the constituent material comprised in the third anode-side organic layer satisfies a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX4) below, $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} - {NM}_{3} 0.05 . & (Numerical Formula NX4) \end{matrix}$

44. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the second anode-side organic layer comprises the second organic material and the fourth material.

45. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third anode-side organic layer comprises the third organic material and the fifth material.

46. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the second anode-side organic layer comprises the second organic material and the fourth material, and the third anode-side organic layer comprises the third organic material and the fifth material.

47. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein a content of the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 50 mass % or less.

48. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein a content of the fifth material in the third anode-side organic layer is 50 mass % or less.

49. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the second anode-side organic layer comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (C1) below and a compound represented by a formula (C3) below, ##STR01014## where, in the formula (C1): Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; and L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and L.sub.D3 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, ##STR01015## where, in the formula (C3): L.sub.C1, L.sub.C2, L.sub.C3, and L.sub.C4 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; n.sub.2 is 1, 2, 3, or 4; when n.sub.2 is 1, L.sub.C5 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; when n.sub.2 is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.C5 are mutually the same or different; when n.sub.2 is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.C5 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; L.sub.C5 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; Ar.sub.131, Ar.sub.132, Ar.sub.133, and Ar.sub.134 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C7 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different, and in a compound represented by the formula (C1) and a compound represented by the formula (C3), a substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), and R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

50. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 49, wherein in the compound represented by the formula (C3), a first amino group represented by a formula (C3-1) below and a second amino group represented by a formula (C3-2) below are an identical group, ##STR01016## where, in the formulae (C3-1) and (C3-2), * each represent a bonding position to L.sub.C5.

51. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 49, wherein the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (C1) or a compound represented by the formula (C3).

52. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the second anode-side organic layer comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-1) below, a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-2) below, and a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-3) below, ##STR01017## where, in the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3): Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, and Ar.sub.124 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C7 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; L.sub.A1, L.sub.A2, L.sub.A3, L.sub.B1, L.sub.B2, L.sub.B3, and L.sub.B4 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; nb is 1, 2, 3 or 4; when nb is 1, L.sub.B5 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; when nb is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.B5 are mutually the same or different; when nb is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.B5 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; L.sub.B5 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; a combination of R.sub.A35 and R.sub.A36 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; R.sub.A25, and R.sub.A35 and R.sub.A36 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.A20 to R.sub.A24 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.A30 to R.sub.A34 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; R.sub.A20 to R.sub.A24 and R.sub.A30 to R.sub.A34 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; a plurality of R.sub.A20 are mutually the same or different; a plurality of R.sub.A30 are mutually the same or different; R.sub.901 to R.sub.904 in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; and when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

53. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 52, wherein the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), or a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3).

54. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the second organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

55. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third anode-side organic layer comprises a compound represented by a formula (C1) below, ##STR01018## where, in the formula (C1): Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; and L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and L.sub.D3 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, in the compound represented by the formula (C1), the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), and R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

56. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 55, wherein the third organic material is a compound represented by the formula (C1).

57. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third anode-side organic layer comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-11) below, a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-2) below, a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-31) below, and a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-4) below, ##STR01019## ##STR01020## ##STR01021## wherein, in the formulae (cHT3-11), (cHT3-2), (cHT3-31), and (cHT3-4): Ar.sub.311 is a group represented by one of a formula (1-a), a formula (1-b), a formula (1-c), and a formula (1-d) below; Ar.sub.312 and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and L.sub.D3 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; one of R.sub.D26 to R.sub.D29 is a single bond with L.sub.D1 and *k represents a bonding position; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D21 to R.sub.D24, and R.sub.D26 to R.sub.D29 not being the single bond with L.sub.D1 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D31 to R.sub.D38 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; one of R.sub.D47 to R.sub.D50 is a single bond with L.sub.D1 and *m represents a bonding position; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D41 to R.sub.D44, and R.sub.D47 to R.sub.D50 not being the single bond with L.sub.D1 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; X.sub.31 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or C(R.sub.D45) (R.sub.D46); a combination of R.sub.D45 and R.sub.D46 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; R.sub.D25, and R.sub.D21 to R.sub.D24, R.sub.D26 to R.sub.D29, R.sub.D31 to R.sub.D38, and R.sub.D41 to R.sub.D50 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by S.sub.1(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-11), (cHT3-2), (cHT3-31), and (cHT3-4), R.sub.901 to R.sub.904 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; and when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different, ##STR01022## where, in the formula (1-a): none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.51 to R.sub.55 are bonded to each other; R.sub.51 to R.sub.55 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1, ##STR01023## where, in the formula (1-b): one of R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 is a single bond with *b; none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 not being the single bond with *b are bonded to each other; R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 not being the single bond with *b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1, ##STR01024## where, in the formula (1-c): one of R.sub.71 to R.sub.80 is a single bond with *d; none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.71 to R.sub.80 not being the single bond with *d are bonded to each other; R.sub.71 to R.sub.80 not being the single bond with *d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1, ##STR01025## where, in the formula (1-d): one of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 is a single bond with *h1, and another one of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 is a single bond with *h2; none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 are bonded to each other; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.151 to R.sub.155 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.161 to R.sub.165 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 as well as R.sub.151 to R.sub.155 and R.sub.161 to R.sub.165 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

58. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 57, wherein the third organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-11), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-31), or a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4).

59. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

60. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the first anode-side organic layer comprises an acceptor material.

61. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 60, wherein the first anode-side organic layer comprises a first organic material, the acceptor material and the first organic material are mutually different, and a content of the acceptor material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %.

62-63. (canceled)

64. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the first anode-side organic layer comprises a sixth material as the additive material, and the sixth material is an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

65-66. (canceled)

67. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third anode-side organic layer has a film thickness in a range from 20 nm to 70 nm.

68. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the first hole transporting zone comprises a first mixture layer between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer, and the first mixture layer comprises the second organic material, the third organic material, and at least one of the fourth material or the fifth material as the additive material.

69. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the fifth material has a refractive index of 1.80 or less.

70. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third organic material has a refractive index of 1.85 or less.

71. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 42, wherein the third organic material has a refractive index of 1.80 or less.

72-86. (canceled)

Description

BRIEF EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS

[0033] FIG. 1 schematically depicts an exemplary arrangement of organic electroluminescence devices according to a first exemplary embodiment, a second exemplary embodiment, and a third exemplary embodiment.

[0034] FIG. 2 schematically depicts another exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment.

[0035] FIG. 3 schematically depicts still another exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment.

[0036] FIG. 4 schematically depicts a further exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment.

[0037] FIG. 5 schematically depicts a still further exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment.

[0038] FIG. 6 schematically depicts a still further exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment.

[0039] FIG. 7 schematically depicts an exemplary arrangement of an organic electroluminescence devices according to a fourth exemplary embodiment, a fifth exemplary embodiment, and a sixth exemplary embodiment.

[0040] FIG. 8 schematically depicts another exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment.

[0041] FIG. 9 schematically depicts still another exemplary arrangement of the organic electroluminescence devices according to the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment.

DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENT(S)

Definitions

[0042] Herein, a hydrogen atom includes isotope having different numbers of neutrons, specifically, protium, deuterium and tritium.

[0043] In chemical formulae herein, it is assumed that a hydrogen atom (i.e. protium, deuterium and tritium) is bonded to each of bondable positions that are not annexed with signs R or the like or D representing a deuterium.

[0044] Herein, the ring carbon atoms refer to the number of carbon atoms among atoms forming a ring of a compound (e.g., a monocyclic compound, fused-ring compound, cross-linking compound, carbon ring compound, and heterocyclic compound) in which the atoms are bonded to each other to form the ring. When the ring is substituted by a substituent(s), carbon atom(s) contained in the substituent(s) is not counted in the ring carbon atoms. Unless otherwise specified, the same applies to the ring carbon atoms described later. For instance, a benzene ring has 6 ring carbon atoms, a naphthalene ring has 10 ring carbon atoms, a pyridine ring has 5 ring carbon atoms, and a furan ring has 4 ring carbon atoms. Further, for instance, 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group has 13 ring carbon atoms and 9,9-spirobifluorenyl group has 25 ring carbon atoms.

[0045] When a benzene ring is substituted by a substituent in a form of, for instance, an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not counted in the number of the ring carbon atoms of the benzene ring. Accordingly, the benzene ring substituted by an alkyl group has 6 ring carbon atoms. When a naphthalene ring is substituted by a substituent in a form of, for instance, an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not counted in the number of the ring carbon atoms of the naphthalene ring. Accordingly, the naphthalene ring substituted by an alkyl group has 10 ring carbon atoms.

[0046] Herein, the ring atoms refer to the number of atoms forming a ring of a compound (e.g., a monocyclic compound, fused-ring compound, cross-linking compound, carbon ring compound, and heterocyclic compound) in which the atoms are bonded to each other to form the ring (e.g., monocyclic ring, fused ring, and ring assembly). Atom(s) not forming the ring (e.g., hydrogen atom(s) for saturating the valence of the atom which forms the ring) and atom(s) in a substituent by which the ring is substituted are not counted as the ring atoms. Unless otherwise specified, the same applies to the ring atoms described later. For instance, a pyridine ring has 6 ring atoms, a quinazoline ring has 10 ring atoms, and a furan ring has 5 ring atoms. For instance, the number of hydrogen atom(s) bonded to a pyridine ring or the number of atoms forming a substituent is not counted as the pyridine ring atoms. Accordingly, a pyridine ring bonded to a hydrogen atom(s) or a substituent(s) has 6 ring atoms. For instance, the hydrogen atom(s) bonded to carbon atom(s) of a quinazoline ring or the atoms forming a substituent are not counted as the quinazoline ring atoms. Accordingly, a quinazoline ring bonded to hydrogen atom(s) or a substituent(s) has 10 ring atoms.

[0047] Herein, XX to YY carbon atoms in the description of substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY carbon atoms represent carbon atoms of an unsubstituted ZZ group and do not include carbon atoms of a substituent(s) of the substituted ZZ group. Herein, YY is larger than XX, XX representing an integer of 1 or more and YY representing an integer of 2 or more.

[0048] Herein, XX to YY atoms in the description of substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY atoms represent atoms of an unsubstituted ZZ group and does not include atoms of a substituent(s) of the substituted ZZ group. Herein, YY is larger than XX, XX representing an integer of 1 or more and YY representing an integer of 2 or more.

[0049] Herein, an unsubstituted ZZ group refers to an unsubstituted ZZ group in a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group, and a substituted ZZ group refers to a substituted ZZ group in a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group.

[0050] Herein, the term unsubstituted used in a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group means that a hydrogen atom(s) in the ZZ group is not substituted with a substituent(s). The hydrogen atom(s) in the unsubstituted ZZ group is protium, deuterium, or tritium.

[0051] Herein, the term substituted used in a substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group means that at least one hydrogen atom in the ZZ group is substituted with a substituent. Similarly, the term substituted used in a BB group substituted by AA group means that at least one hydrogen atom in the BB group is substituted with the AA group.

Substituent Mentioned Herein

[0052] Substituent mentioned herein will be described below.

[0053] An unsubstituted aryl group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

[0054] An unsubstituted heterocyclic group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[0055] An unsubstituted alkyl group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

[0056] An unsubstituted alkenyl group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

[0057] An unsubstituted alkynyl group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.

[0058] An unsubstituted cycloalkyl group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms.

[0059] An unsubstituted arylene group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

[0060] An unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[0061] An unsubstituted alkylene group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Aryl Group

[0062] Specific examples (specific example group G1) of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group mentioned herein include unsubstituted aryl groups (specific example group G1A) below and substituted aryl groups (specific example group G1B). Herein, an unsubstituted aryl group refers to an unsubstituted aryl group in a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and a substituted aryl group refers to a substituted aryl group in a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. A simply termed aryl group herein includes both of an unsubstituted aryl group and a substituted aryl group.

[0063] The substituted aryl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in an unsubstituted aryl group with a substituent. Examples of the substituted aryl group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in the unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1A below with a substituent, and examples of the substituted aryl group in the specific example group G1B below. It should be noted that the examples of the unsubstituted aryl group and the substituted aryl group mentioned herein are merely exemplary, and the substituted aryl group mentioned herein includes a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of a skeleton of a substituted aryl group in the specific example group G1B below, and a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted aryl group in the specific example group G1B below.

Unsubstituted Aryl Group (Specific Example Group G1A):

[0064] a phenyl group, p-biphenyl group, m-biphenyl group, o-biphenyl group, p-terphenyl-4-yl group, p-terphenyl-3-yl group, p-terphenyl-2-yl group, m-terphenyl-4-yl group, m-terphenyl-3-yl group, m-terphenyl-2-yl group, o-terphenyl-4-yl group, o-terphenyl-3-yl group, o-terphenyl-2-yl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, anthryl group, benzanthryl group, phenanthryl group, benzophenanthryl group, phenalenyl group, pyrenyl group, chrysenyl group, benzochrysenyl group, triphenylenyl group, benzotriphenylenyl group, tetracenyl group, pentacenyl group, fluorenyl group, 9,9-spirobifluorenyl group, benzofluorenyl group, dibenzofluorenyl group, fluoranthenyl 10 group, benzofluoranthenyl group, perylenyl group, and monovalent aryl group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from cyclic structures represented by formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15) below.

##STR00001## ##STR00002##

Substituted Aryl Group (Specific Example Group G1B):

[0065] an o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group, para-xylyl group, meta-xylyl group, ortho-xylyl group, para-isopropylphenyl group, meta-isopropylphenyl group, ortho-isopropylphenyl group, para-t-butylphenyl group, meta-t-butylphenyl group, ortho-t-butylphenyl group, 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl group, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group, 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group, 9,9-bis(4-methylphenyl) fluorenyl group, 9,9-bis(4-isopropylphenyl) fluorenyl group, 9,9-bis(4-t-butylphenyl) fluorenyl group, cyanophenyl group, triphenylsilylphenyl group, trimethylsilylphenyl group, phenylnaphthyl group, naphthylphenyl group, and group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of a monovalent group derived from one of the cyclic structures represented by the formulae (TEMP-1) to (TEMP-15) with a substituent.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Heterocyclic Group

[0066] The heterocyclic group mentioned herein refers to a cyclic group having at least one hetero atom in the ring atoms. Specific examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, silicon atom, phosphorus atom, and boron atom.

[0067] The heterocyclic group mentioned herein is a monocyclic group or a fused-ring group.

[0068] The heterocyclic group mentioned herein is an aromatic heterocyclic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

[0069] Specific examples (specific example group G2) of the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group mentioned herein include unsubstituted heterocyclic groups (specific example group G2A) and substituted heterocyclic groups (specific example group G2B). (Herein, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to an unsubstituted heterocyclic group in a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and a substituted heterocyclic group refers to a substituted heterocyclic group in a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.) A simply termed heterocyclic group herein includes both of an unsubstituted heterocyclic group and a substituted heterocyclic group.

[0070] The substituted heterocyclic group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in an unsubstituted heterocyclic group with a substituent. Specific examples of the substituted heterocyclic group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in the unsubstituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2A below with a substituent, and examples of the substituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2B below. It should be noted that the examples of the unsubstituted heterocyclic group and the substituted heterocyclic group mentioned herein are merely exemplary, and the substituted heterocyclic group mentioned herein includes a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom bonded to a ring atom of a skeleton of a substituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2B below, and a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2B below.

[0071] The specific example group G2A includes, for instance, unsubstituted heterocyclic groups including a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2A1) below, unsubstituted heterocyclic groups including an oxygen atom (specific example group G2A2) below, unsubstituted heterocyclic groups including a sulfur atom (specific example group G2A3) below, and monovalent heterocyclic groups (specific example group G2A4) derived by removing a hydrogen atom from cyclic structures represented by formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) below.

[0072] The specific example group G2B includes, for instance, substituted heterocyclic groups including a nitrogen atom (specific example group G2B1) below, substituted heterocyclic groups including an oxygen atom (specific example group G2B2) below, substituted heterocyclic groups including a sulfur atom (specific example group G2B3) below, and groups derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the monovalent heterocyclic groups (specific example group G2B4) derived from the cyclic structures represented by formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) below.

Unsubstituted Heterocyclic Groups Including Nitrogen Atom (Specific Example Group G2A1):

[0073] a pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, triazolyl group, tetrazolyl group, oxazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, oxadiazolyl group, thiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, thiadiazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyridazynyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyrazinyl group, triazinyl group, indolyl group, isoindolyl group, indolizinyl group, quinolizinyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, cinnolyl group, phthalazinyl group, quinazolinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, benzimidazolyl group, indazolyl group, phenanthrolinyl group, phenanthridinyl group, acridinyl group, phenazinyl group, carbazolyl group, benzocarbazolyl group, morpholino group, phenoxazinyl group, phenothiazinyl group, azacarbazolyl group, and diazacarbazolyl group.

Unsubstituted Heterocyclic Groups Including Oxygen Atom (Specific Example Group G2A2):

[0074] a furyl group, oxazolyl group, isoxazolyl group, oxadiazolyl group, xanthenyl group, benzofuranyl group, isobenzofuranyl group, dibenzofuranyl group, naphthobenzofuranyl group, benzoxazolyl group, benzisoxazolyl group, phenoxazinyl group, morpholino group, dinaphthofuranyl group, azadibenzofuranyl group, diazadibenzofuranyl group, azanaphthobenzofuranyl group, and diazanaphthobenzofuranyl group.

Unsubstituted Heterocyclic Groups Including Sulfur Atom (Specific Example Group G2A3):

[0075] a thienyl group, thiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, thiadiazolyl group, benzothiophenyl group (benzothienyl group), isobenzothiophenyl group (isobenzothienyl group), dibenzothiophenyl group (dibenzothienyl group), naphthobenzothiophenyl group (nahthobenzothienyl group), benzothiazolyl group, benzisothiazolyl group, phenothiazinyl group, dinaphthothiophenyl group (dinaphthothienyl group), azadibenzothiophenyl group (azadibenzothienyl group), diazadibenzothiophenyl group (diazadibenzothienyl group), azanaphthobenzothiophenyl group (azanaphthobenzothienyl group), and diazanaphthobenzothiophenyl group (diazanaphthobenzothienyl group).

[0076] Monovalent Heterocyclic Groups Derived by Removing One Hydrogen Atom from Cyclic Structures Represented by Formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) (Specific Example Group G2A4):

##STR00003## ##STR00004##

[0077] In the formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33), X.sub.A and Y.sub.A are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH or CH.sub.2. At least one of X.sub.A or Y.sub.A is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NH.

[0078] When at least one of X.sub.A or Y.sub.A in the formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) is NH or CH.sub.2, the monovalent heterocyclic groups derived from the cyclic structures represented by the formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) include a monovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom from NH or CH.sub.2.

Substituted Heterocyclic Groups Including Nitrogen Atom (Specific Example Group G2B1):

[0079] a (9-phenyl) carbazolyl group, (9-biphenylyl)carbazolyl group, (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl group, (9-naphthyl)carbazolyl group, diphenylcarbazole-9-yl group, phenylcarbazole-9-yl group, methylbenzimidazolyl group, ethylbenzimidazolyl group, phenyltriazinyl group, biphenylyltriazinyl group, diphenyltriazinyl group, phenylquinazolinyl group, and biphenylquinazolinyl group.

Substituted Heterocyclic Groups Including Oxygen Atom (Specific Example Group G2B2):

[0080] a phenyldibenzofuranyl group, methyldibenzofuranyl group, t-butyldibenzofuranyl group, and monovalent residue of spiro[9H-xanthene-9,9-[9H]fluorene].

Substituted Heterocyclic Groups Including Sulfur Atom (Specific Example Group G2B3):

[0081] a phenyldibenzothiophenyl group, t-methyldibenzothiophenyl group, butyldibenzothiophenyl group, and monovalent residue of spiro[9H-thioxanthene-9,9-[9H]fluorene].
Groups Obtained by Substituting at Least One Hydrogen Atom of Monovalent Heterocyclic Group Derived from Cyclic Structures Represented by Formulae (TEMP-16) to (TEMP-33) with Substituent (Specific Example Group G2B4):

[0082] The at least one hydrogen atom of a monovalent heterocyclic group means at least one hydrogen atom selected from a hydrogen atom bonded to a ring carbon atom of the monovalent heterocyclic group, a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom of at least one of X.sub.A or Y.sub.A in a form of NH, and a hydrogen atom of one of X.sub.A and Y.sub.A in a form of a methylene group (CH.sub.2).

Substituted or Unsubstituted Alkyl Group

[0083] Specific examples (specific example group G3) of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group mentioned herein include unsubstituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3A) and substituted alkyl groups (specific example group G3B) below. (Herein, an unsubstituted alkyl group refers to an unsubstituted alkyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and a substituted alkyl group refers to a substituted alkyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.) A simply termed alkyl group herein includes both of an unsubstituted alkyl group and a substituted alkyl group.

[0084] The substituted alkyl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in an unsubstituted alkyl group with a substituent. Specific examples of the substituted alkyl group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of an unsubstituted alkyl group (specific example group G3A) below with a substituent, and examples of the substituted alkyl group (specific example group G3B) below. Herein, the alkyl group for the unsubstituted alkyl group refers to a chain alkyl group. Accordingly, the unsubstituted alkyl group include linear unsubstituted alkyl group and branched unsubstituted alkyl group. It should be noted that the examples of the unsubstituted alkyl group and the substituted alkyl group mentioned herein are merely exemplary, and the substituted alkyl group mentioned herein includes a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a skeleton of the substituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3B, and a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3B.

Unsubstituted Alkyl Group (Specific Example Group G3A):

[0085] a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, and t-butyl group.

Substituted Alkyl Group (Specific Example Group G3B):

[0086] a heptafluoropropyl group (including isomer thereof), pentafluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, and trifluoromethyl group.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Alkenyl Group

[0087] Specific examples (specific example group G4) of the substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group mentioned herein include unsubstituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4A) and substituted alkenyl groups (specific example group G4B). (Herein, an unsubstituted alkenyl group refers to an unsubstituted alkenyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, and a substituted alkenyl group refers to a substituted alkenyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.) A simply termed alkenyl group herein includes both of an unsubstituted alkenyl group and a substituted alkenyl group.

[0088] The substituted alkenyl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in an unsubstituted alkenyl group with a substituent. Specific examples of the substituted alkenyl group include an unsubstituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4A) substituted by a substituent, and examples of the substituted alkenyl group (specific example group G4B) below. It should be noted that the examples of the unsubstituted alkenyl group and the substituted alkenyl group mentioned herein are merely exemplary, and the substituted alkenyl group mentioned herein includes a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a skeleton of the substituted alkenyl group in the specific example group G4B with a substituent, and a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted alkenyl group in the specific example group G4B with a substituent.

Unsubstituted Alkenyl Group (Specific Example Group G4A):

[0089] a vinyl group, allyl group, 1-butenyl group, 2-butenyl group, and 3-butenyl group.

Substituted Alkenyl Group (Specific Example Group G4B):

[0090] a 1,3-butanedienyl group, 1-methylvinyl group, 1-methylallyl group, 1,1-dimethylallyl group, 2-methylallyl group, and 1,2-dimethylallyl group.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Alkynyl Group

[0091] Specific examples (specific example group G5) of the substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group mentioned herein include unsubstituted alkynyl groups (specific example group G5A) below. (Herein, an unsubstituted alkynyl group refers to an unsubstituted alkynyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group.) A simply termed alkynyl group herein includes both of unsubstituted alkynyl group and substituted alkynyl group.

[0092] The substituted alkynyl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in an unsubstituted alkynyl group with a substituent. Specific examples of the substituted alkynyl group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the unsubstituted alkynyl group (specific example group G5A) below with a substituent.

Unsubstituted Alkynyl Group (Specific Example Group G5A):

[0093] an ethynyl group.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Cycloalkyl Group

[0094] Specific examples (specific example group G6) of the substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group mentioned herein include unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups (specific example group G6A) and substituted cycloalkyl groups (specific example group G6B). (Herein, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group refers to an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, and a substituted cycloalkyl group refers to a substituted cycloalkyl group in a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.) A simply termed cycloalkyl group herein includes both of unsubstituted cycloalkyl group and substituted cycloalkyl group.

[0095] The substituted cycloalkyl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group with a substituent. Specific examples of the substituted cycloalkyl group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the unsubstituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6A) below with a substituent, and examples of the substituted cycloalkyl group (specific example group G6B) below. It should be noted that the examples of the unsubstituted cycloalkyl group and the substituted cycloalkyl group mentioned herein are merely exemplary, and the substituted cycloalkyl group mentioned herein includes a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of a skeleton of the substituted cycloalkyl group in the specific example group G6B with a substituent, and a group derived by further substituting a hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted cycloalkyl group in the specific example group G6B with a substituent.

Unsubstituted Cycloalkyl Group (Specific Example Group G6A):

[0096] a cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, 1-adamantyl group, 2-adamantyl group, 1-norbornyl group, and 2-norbornyl group.

Substituted Cycloalkyl Group (Specific Example Group G6B):

[0097] a 4-methylcyclohexyl group.
Group Represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903)

[0098] Specific examples (specific example group G7) of the group represented herein by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903) include: Si(G1)(G1)(G1); Si(G1)(G2)(G2); Si(G1)(G1)(G2); Si(G2)(G2)(G2); Si(G3)(G3)(G3); and Si(G6)(G6)(G6), where: [0099] G1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1; [0100] G2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2; [0101] G3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3; [0102] G6 represents a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group in the specific example group G6; [0103] a plurality of G1 in Si(G1) (G1) (G1) are mutually the same or different; [0104] a plurality of G2 in Si(G1) (G2) (G2) are mutually the same or different; [0105] a plurality of G1 in Si(G1) (G1) (G2) are mutually the same or different; [0106] a plurality of G2 in Si(G2) (G2) (G2) are mutually the same or different; [0107] a plurality of G3 in Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are mutually the same or different; and [0108] a plurality of G6 in Si(G6) (G6) (G6) are mutually the same or different.

Group Represented by O(R.SUB.904.)

[0109] Specific examples (specific example group G8) of a group represented by O(R.sub.904) herein include: O(G1); O(G2); O(G3); and O(G6), [0110] where: [0111] G1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1; [0112] G2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2; [0113] G3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3; and [0114] G6 represents a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group in the specific example group G6.

Group Represented by S(R.SUB.905.)

[0115] Specific examples (specific example group G9) of a group represented herein by S(R.sub.905) include: S(G1); S(G2); S(G3); and O(G6), [0116] where: [0117] G1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1; [0118] G2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2; [0119] G3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3; and [0120] G6 represents a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group in the specific example group G6.
Group Represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907)

[0121] Specific examples (specific example group G10) of a group represented herein by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907) include: N(G1)(G1); N(G2)(G2); N(G1)(G2); N(G3)(G3); and N(G6) (G6), [0122] where: [0123] G1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1; [0124] G2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2; [0125] G3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3; [0126] G6 represents a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group in the specific example group G6; [0127] a plurality of G1 in N(G1)(G1) are mutually the same or different; [0128] a plurality of G2 in N(G2)(G2) are mutually the same or different; [0129] a plurality of G3 in N(G3)(G3) are mutually the same or different; and [0130] a plurality of G6 in N(G6)(G6) are mutually the same or different.

Halogen Atom

[0131] Specific examples (specific example group G11) of halogen atom mentioned herein include a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Fluoroalkyl Group

[0132] The substituted or unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group mentioned herein refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom bonded to at least one of carbon atoms forming an alkyl group in the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group with a fluorine atom, and also includes a group (perfluoro group) derived by substituting all of hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms forming the alkyl group in the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group with fluorine atoms. An unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms. The substituted fluoroalkyl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in a fluoroalkyl group with a substituent. It should be noted that the examples of the substituted fluoroalkyl group mentioned herein include a group derived by further substituting at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl chain of a substituted fluoroalkyl group with a substituent, and a group derived by further substituting at least one hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted fluoroalkyl group with a substituent. Specific examples of the unsubstituted fluoroalkyl group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group (specific example group G3) with a fluorine atom.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Haloalkyl Group

[0133] The substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group mentioned herein refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom bonded to carbon atoms forming the alkyl group in the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group with a halogen atom, and also includes a group derived by substituting all hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms forming the alkyl group in the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group with halogen atoms. An unsubstituted haloalkyl group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms. The substituted haloalkyl group refers to a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom in a haloalkyl group with a substituent. It should be noted that the examples of the substituted haloalkyl group mentioned herein include a group derived by further substituting at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl chain of a substituted haloalkyl group with a substituent, and a group derived by further substituting at least one hydrogen atom of a substituent of the substituted haloalkyl group with a substituent. Specific examples of the unsubstituted haloalkyl group include a group derived by substituting at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group (specific example group G3) with a halogen atom. The haloalkyl group is occasionally referred to as a halogenated alkyl group.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Alkoxy Group

[0134] Specific examples of a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group mentioned herein include a group represented by O(G3), G3 being the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3. An unsubstituted alkoxy group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Alkylthio Group

[0135] Specific examples of a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group mentioned herein include a group represented by S(G3), G3 being the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3. An unsubstituted alkylthio group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Aryloxy Group

[0136] Specific examples of a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group mentioned herein include a group represented by O(G1), G1 being the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1. An unsubstituted aryloxy group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Arylthio Group

[0137] Specific examples of a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group mentioned herein include a group represented by S(G1), G1 being the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1. An unsubstituted arylthio group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Trialkylsilyl Group

[0138] Specific examples of a trialkylsilyl group mentioned herein include a group represented by Si(G3)(G3)(G3), G3 being the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3. The plurality of G3 in Si(G3)(G3)(G3) are mutually the same or different. Each of the alkyl groups in the trialkylsilyl group has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Aralkyl Group

[0139] Specific examples of a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group mentioned herein include a group represented by -(G3)-(G1), G3 being the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3, G1 being the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1. Accordingly, the aralkyl group is a group derived by substituting a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group with a substituent in a form of the aryl group, which is an example of the substituted alkyl group. An unsubstituted aralkyl group, which is an unsubstituted alkyl group substituted by an unsubstituted aryl group, has, unless otherwise specified herein, 7 to 50 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 18 carbon atoms.

[0140] Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group include a benzyl group, 1-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 1-phenylisopropyl group, 2-phenylisopropyl group, phenyl-t-butyl group, -naphthylmethyl group, 1--naphthylethyl group, 2--naphthylethyl group, 1--naphthylisopropyl group, 2--naphthylisopropyl group, -naphthylmethyl group, 1--naphthylethyl group, 2--naphthylethyl group, 1--naphthylisopropyl group, and 2--naphthylisopropyl group.

[0141] Preferable examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group mentioned herein include, unless otherwise specified herein, a phenyl group, p-biphenyl group, m-biphenyl group, o-biphenyl group, p-terphenyl-4-yl group, p-terphenyl-3-yl group, p-terphenyl-2-yl group, m-terphenyl-4-yl group, m-terphenyl-3-yl group, m-terphenyl-2-yl group, o-terphenyl-4-yl group, o-terphenyl-3-yl group, o-terphenyl-2-yl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, pyrenyl group, chrysenyl group, triphenylenyl group, fluorenyl group, 9,9-spirobifluorenyl group, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group, and 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group.

[0142] Preferable examples of the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group mentioned herein include, unless otherwise specified herein, a pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, triazinyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinazolinyl group, benzimidazolyl group, phenanthrolinyl group, carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group, or 9-carbazolyl group), benzocarbazolyl group, azacarbazolyl group, diazacarbazolyl group, dibenzofuranyl group, naphthobenzofuranyl group, azadibenzofuranyl group, diazadibenzofuranyl group, dibenzothiophenyl group, naphthobenzothiophenyl group, azadibenzothiophenyl group, diazadibenzothiophenyl group, (9-phenyl) carbazolyl group ((9-phenyl) carbazole-1-yl group, (9-phenyl) carbazole-2-yl group, (9-phenyl) carbazole-3-yl group, or (9-phenyl) carbazole-4-yl group), (9-biphenylyl) carbazolyl group, (9-phenyl)phenylcarbazolyl group, diphenylcarbazole-9-yl group, phenylcarbazole-9-yl group, phenyltriazinyl group, biphenylyltriazinyl group, diphenyltriazinyl group, phenyldibenzofuranyl group, and phenyldibenzothiophenyl group.

[0143] The carbazolyl group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, specifically a group represented by one of formulae below.

##STR00005##

[0144] The (9-phenyl) carbazolyl group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, specifically a group represented by one of formulae below.

##STR00006##

[0145] In the formulae (TEMP-Cz1) to (TEMP-Cz9), * represents a bonding position.

[0146] The dibenzofuranyl group and dibenzothiophenyl group mentioned herein are, unless otherwise specified herein, each specifically represented by one of formulae below.

##STR00007##

[0147] In the formulae (TEMP-34) to (TEMP-41), * represents a bonding position.

[0148] Preferable examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group mentioned herein include, unless otherwise specified herein, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Arylene Group

[0149] The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on an aryl ring of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted arylene group (specific example group G12) include a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on an aryl ring of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group in the specific example group G1.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Divalent Heterocyclic Group

[0150] The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on a heterocycle of the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group (specific example group G13) include a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on a heterocycle of the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2.

Substituted or Unsubstituted Alkylene Group

[0151] The substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on an alkyl chain of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group (specific example group G14) include a divalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom on an alkyl chain of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group in the specific example group G3.

[0152] The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, preferably any one of groups represented by formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-68) below.

##STR00008## ##STR00009##

[0153] In the formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), Q.sub.1 to Q.sub.10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0154] In the formulae (TEMP-42) to (TEMP-52), * represents a bonding position.

##STR00010## ##STR00011##

[0155] In the formulae (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), Q.sub.1 to Q.sub.10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0156] In the formulae, Q.sub.9 and Q.sub.10 may be mutually bonded through a single bond to form a ring.

[0157] In the formulae (TEMP-53) to (TEMP-62), * represents a bonding position.

##STR00012##

[0158] In the formulae (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), Q.sub.1 to Q.sub.8 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0159] In the formulae (TEMP-63) to (TEMP-68), * represents a bonding position.

[0160] The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group mentioned herein is, unless otherwise specified herein, preferably a group represented by any one of formulae (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-102) below.

##STR00013## ##STR00014## ##STR00015##

[0161] In the formulae (TEMP-69) to (TEMP-82), Q.sub.1 to Q.sub.9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

##STR00016## ##STR00017## ##STR00018## ##STR00019##

[0162] In the formulae (TEMP-83) to (TEMP-102), Q.sub.1 to Qs are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

[0163] The substituent mentioned herein has been described above.

Instance of Bonded to Form Ring

[0164] Instances where at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded mentioned herein refer to instances where at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, and at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are not mutually bonded.

[0165] Instances where at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring mentioned herein (these instances will be sometimes collectively referred to as an instance of bonded to form a ring hereinafter) will be described below. An anthracene compound having a basic skeleton in a form of an anthracene ring and represented by a formula (TEMP-103) below will be used as an example for the description.

##STR00020##

[0166] For instance, when at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.921 to R.sub.930 are mutually bonded to form a ring, the combination of adjacent ones of R.sub.921 to R.sub.930 (i.e. the combination at issue) is a combination of R.sub.921 and R.sub.922, a combination of R.sub.922 and R.sub.923, a combination of R.sub.923 and R.sub.924, a combination of R.sub.924 and R.sub.930, a combination of R.sub.930 and R.sub.925, a combination of R.sub.925 and R.sub.926, a combination of R.sub.926 and R.sub.927, a combination of R.sub.927 and R.sub.928, a combination of R.sub.928 and R.sub.929, or a combination of R.sub.929 and R.sub.921.

[0167] The term at least one combination means that two or more of the above combinations of adjacent two or more of R.sub.921 to R.sub.930 may simultaneously form rings. For instance, when R.sub.921 and R.sub.922 are mutually bonded to form a ring Q.sub.A and R.sub.925 and R.sub.926 are simultaneously mutually bonded to form a ring QB, the anthracene compound represented by the formula (TEMP-103) is represented by a formula (TEMP-104) below.

##STR00021##

[0168] The instance where the combination of adjacent two or more form a ring means not only an instance where the two adjacent components are bonded but also an instance where adjacent three or more are bonded. For instance, R.sub.921 and R.sub.922 are mutually bonded to form a ring Q.sub.A and R.sub.922 and R.sub.923 are mutually bonded to form a ring Q.sub.C, and mutually adjacent three components (R.sub.921, R.sub.922 and R.sub.923) are mutually bonded to form a ring fused to the anthracene basic skeleton. In this case, the anthracene compound represented by the formula (TEMP-103) is represented by a formula (TEMP-105) below. In the formula (TEMP-105) below, the ring Q.sub.A and the ring Q.sub.C share R.sub.922.

##STR00022##

[0169] The formed monocyclic ring or fused ring may be, in terms of the formed ring in itself, a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. When the combination of adjacent two form a monocyclic ring or a fused ring, the monocyclic ring or fused ring may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. For instance, the ring Q.sub.A and the ring QB formed in the formula (TEMP-104) are each independently a monocyclic ring or a fused ring. Further, the ring Q.sub.A and the ring Q.sub.C formed in the formula (TEMP-105) are each a fused ring. The ring Q.sub.A and the ring Q.sub.C in the formula (TEMP-105) are fused to form a fused ring. When the ring Q.sub.A in the formula (TEMP-104) is a benzene ring, the ring Q.sub.A is a monocyclic ring. When the ring Q.sub.A in the formula (TEMP-104) is a naphthalene ring, the ring Q.sub.A is a fused ring.

[0170] The unsaturated ring represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. The saturated ring represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or a non-aromatic heterocycle.

[0171] Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a ring formed by terminating a bond of a group in the specific example of the specific example group G1 with a hydrogen atom.

[0172] Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include a ring formed by terminating a bond of an aromatic heterocyclic group in the specific example of the specific example group G2 with a hydrogen atom.

[0173] Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include a ring formed by terminating a bond of a group in the specific example of the specific example group G6 with a hydrogen atom.

[0174] The phrase to form a ring herein means that a ring is formed only by a plurality of atoms of a basic skeleton, or by a combination of a plurality of atoms of the basic skeleton and one or more optional atoms. For instance, the ring Q.sub.A formed by mutually bonding R.sub.921 and R.sub.922 shown in the formula (TEMP-104) is a ring formed by a carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton bonded to R.sub.921, a carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton bonded to R.sub.922, and one or more optional atoms. Specifically, when the ring Q.sub.A is a monocyclic unsaturated ring formed by R.sub.921 and R.sub.922, the ring formed by a carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton bonded to R.sub.921, a carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton bonded to R.sub.922, and four carbon atoms is a benzene ring.

[0175] The optional atom is, unless otherwise specified herein, preferably at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a carbon atom, nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom. A bond of the optional atom (e.g. a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom) not forming a ring may be terminated by a hydrogen atom or the like or may be substituted by an optional substituent described later. When the ring includes any other optional element than the carbon atom, the resultant ring is a heterocycle.

[0176] The number of one or more optional atoms forming the monocyclic ring or fused ring is, unless otherwise specified herein, preferably in a range from 2 to 15, more preferably in a range from 3 to 12, further preferably in a range from 3 to 5.

[0177] Unless otherwise specified herein, the ring, which may be a monocyclic ring or fused ring, is preferably a monocyclic ring.

[0178] Unless otherwise specified herein, the ring, which may be a saturated ring or unsaturated ring, is preferably an unsaturated ring.

[0179] Unless otherwise specified herein, the monocyclic ring is preferably a benzene ring.

[0180] Unless otherwise specified herein, the unsaturated ring is preferably a benzene ring.

[0181] When at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, unless otherwise specified herein, at least one combination of adjacent two or more of components are preferably mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated ring formed of a plurality of atoms of the basic skeleton, and 1 to 15 atoms of at least one element selected from the group consisting of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.

[0182] When the monocyclic ring or the fused ring has a substituent, the substituent is the substituent described in later-described optional substituent. When the monocyclic ring or the fused ring has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above under the subtitle Substituent Mentioned Herein.

[0183] When the saturated ring or the unsaturated ring has a substituent, the substituent is the substituent described in later-described optional substituent. When the monocyclic ring or the fused ring has a substituent, specific examples of the substituent are the substituents described in the above under the subtitle Substituent Mentioned Herein.

[0184] The above is the description for the instances where at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring and at least one combination of adjacent two or more (of . . . ) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring mentioned herein (sometimes referred to as an instance of bonded to form a ring).

Substituent for Substituted or Unsubstituted Group

[0185] In an exemplary embodiment herein, the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an optional substituent), is for instance, a group selected from the group consisting of an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), O(R.sub.904), S(R.sub.905), N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms;

[0186] R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0187] when two or more R.sub.901 are present, the two or more R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0188] when two or more R.sub.902 are present, the two or more R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0189] when two or more R.sub.903 are present, the two or more Roos are mutually the same or different; [0190] when two or more R.sub.904 are present, the two or more R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [0191] when two or more R.sub.905 are present, the two or more R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [0192] when two or more R.sub.906 are present, the two or more R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [0193] when two or more R.sub.907 are present, the two or more R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[0194] In an exemplary embodiment, the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group is a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0195] In an exemplary embodiment, the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group is a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[0196] Specific examples of the above optional substituent are the same as the specific examples of the substituent described in the above under the subtitle Substituent Mentioned Herein.

[0197] Unless otherwise specified herein, adjacent ones of the optional substituents may form a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated five-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted saturated six-membered ring, a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated five-membered ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted unsaturated six-membered ring, more preferably a benzene ring.

[0198] Unless otherwise specified herein, the optional substituent may further include a substituent. Examples of the substituent for the optional substituent are the same as the examples of the optional substituent.

[0199] Herein, numerical ranges represented by AA to BB represent a range whose lower limit is the value (AA) recited before to and whose upper limit is the value (BB) recited after to.

[0200] Herein, a numerical formula represented by AB means that the value A is equal to the value B, or the value A is larger than the value B.

[0201] Herein, a numerical formula represented by AB means that the value A is equal to the value B, or the value A is smaller than the value B.

First Exemplary Embodiment

[0202] An organic electroluminescence device according to a first exemplary embodiment includes: a cathode; an anode; a first emitting region disposed between the cathode and the anode; and a first hole transporting zone disposed between the anode and the first emitting region, in which the first emitting region includes at least one emitting layer, the hole transporting zone includes at least a first anode-side organic layer and a second anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed between the anode and the first emitting region in this order from a side to the anode, the first anode-side organic layer does not contain a compound contained in the second anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer contains a first organic material and a second organic material, a content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %, the second anode-side organic layer contains a third organic material, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, at least one of the first anode-side organic or the second anode-side organic layer contains an additive material, the additive material contained in the first anode-side organic layer is a fourth material, the additive material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is a fifth material, the fourth material and the fifth material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different, and the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer satisfy a numerical formula (Numerical Formula N1) and at least one of numerical formulae (Numerical Formula N2 and Numerical Formula N3) below.

[00004] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1} > {NM}_{2} & (Numerical Formula N1) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1 4} > N M_{10} & (Numerical Formula N2) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2 0} > N M_{2 5} & (Numerical Formula N3) \end{matrix}$

[0203] In the formulae (Numerical Formula N1), (Numerical Formula N2), and (Numerical Formula N3): [0204] NM.sub.1 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer; [0205] NM.sub.2 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer; [0206] NM.sub.10 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer not containing the fourth material; [0207] NM.sub.14 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer containing the fourth material; [0208] NM.sub.20 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer not containing the fifth material; and [0209] NM.sub.25 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer containing the fifth material.

[0210] According to the first exemplary embodiment, the device performance of the organic EL device is improvable. In the organic EL device of the first exemplary embodiment, the refractive index NM.sub.1 of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer is larger than the refractive index NM.sub.2 of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer. Light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device is improved by the refractive index NM.sub.1 being larger than the refractive index NM.sub.2. Further, in the organic EL device according to the first exemplary embodiment, at least one of the first anode-side organic layer or the second anode-side organic layer contains an additive material satisfying at least one of the formulae (Numerical Formula N2 and Numerical Formula N3). Therefore, according to the first exemplary embodiment, a difference NM.sub.1NM.sub.2 in refractive index between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is increasable to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device. The organic EL device of the first exemplary embodiment improves luminous efficiency as the device performance, as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material. An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the first exemplary embodiment prolongs a lifetime as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material.

[0211] When the first anode-side organic layer contains a single type of compound, the refractive index NM.sub.1 of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer corresponds to a refractive index of the single type of compound. When the first anode-side organic layer contains a plurality of types of compounds, the refractive index NM.sub.1 of the constituent materials contained in the first anode-side organic layer corresponds to a refractive index of a mixture containing the plurality types of compounds. The refractive index NM.sub.2, the refractive index NM.sub.3, and refractive indices of constituent materials of other layers are defined in the same manner as the refractive index NM.sub.1. The refractive index can be measured by a measurement method described in Examples below. Herein, a value of the refractive index at 2.7 eV in the substrate parallel direction (Ordinary direction) measured by multi-incidence angle spectroscopic ellipsometry measurement is defined as a refractive index of the measurement target material. The refractive index at 2.7 eV corresponds to a refractive index at 460 nm.

[0212] In a common arrangement (1) among the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment and a common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments which are later described, the organic EL device of the first exemplary embodiment will be further described.

Second Exemplary Embodiment

[0213] An organic electroluminescence device of a second exemplary embodiment includes: a cathode; an anode; a first emitting region disposed between the cathode and the anode; and a first hole transporting zone disposed between the anode and the first emitting region, in which the first emitting region includes at least one emitting layer, the first hole transporting zone includes at least a first anode-side organic layer and a second anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode between the anode and the first emitting region, the first anode-side organic layer contains a first organic material and a second organic material, a content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %, the first anode-side organic layer contains an additive material, the additive material contained in the first anode-side organic layer is a fourth material, the first organic material, the second organic material, and the fourth material are mutually different, and a difference n.sub.4n.sub.1 between a refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 and a refractive index of the first organic material n.sub.1 is 0.05 or more.

[0214] In the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, since the refractive index difference n.sub.4n.sub.1 is 0.05 or more, the fourth material as the additive material has a higher refractive index than the first organic material. By containing the fourth material in the first anode-side organic layer, the refractive index difference between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is increasable to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device. Similar to the organic EL device of the first exemplary embodiment, the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment improves the luminous efficiency as the device performance as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material. An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment prolongs a lifetime as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material.

[0215] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer does not contain the compound contained in the second anode-side organic layer.

[0216] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the second anode-side organic layer contains a third organic material.

[0217] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amine group in a molecule.

[0218] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the second anode-side organic layer contains an additive material. The additive material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is a fifth material.

[0219] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the fifth material is an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0220] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different.

[0221] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer satisfy the numerical formula (Numerical Formula N1) of the first exemplary embodiment and at least one of the formulae (Numerical Formula N2 and Numerical Formula N3).

[0222] In the common arrangement (1) among the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment and the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments which are later described, the organic EL device of the second exemplary embodiment will be further described.

Third Exemplary Embodiment

[0223] An organic electroluminescence device according to a third exemplary embodiment includes a cathode, an anode, a first emitting region provided between the cathode and the anode, and a first hole transporting zone provided between the anode and the first emitting region, in which the first emitting region includes at least one emitting layer, the first hole transporting zone includes at least a first anode-side organic layer and a second anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode between the anode and the first emitting region, the second anode-side organic layer contains a third organic material and an additive material, the additive material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is a fifth material, the third organic material and the fifth material are mutually different, and a difference n.sub.3n.sub.5 between a refractive index of the third organic material n.sub.3 and a refractive index of the fifth material n.sub.5 is 0.02 or more.

[0224] In the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, since the difference n.sub.3n.sub.5 is 0.02 or more, the fifth material as the additive material has a lower refractive index than the third organic material. By containing the fifth material in the second anode-side organic layer, the refractive index difference between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is increasable to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device. Similar to the organic EL devices of the first exemplary embodiment and the second exemplary embodiment, the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment improves the luminous efficiency as the device performance as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material. An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment prolongs a lifetime as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material.

[0225] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to the third exemplary embodiment, the difference n.sub.3n.sub.5 between the refractive index of the third organic material n.sub.3 and the refractive index of the fifth material n.sub.5 is 0.03 or more.

[0226] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer does not contain the compound contained in the second anode-side organic layer.

[0227] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amine group in a molecule.

[0228] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the fifth material is an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0229] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer contains a first organic material and a second organic material.

[0230] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, a content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %.

[0231] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer contains an additive material. The additive material contained in the first anode-side organic layer is a fourth material.

[0232] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the fourth material is an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0233] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different.

[0234] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to the third exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer satisfy the numerical formula (Numerical Formula N1) of the first exemplary embodiment and at least one of the formulae (Numerical Formula N2 and Numerical Formula N3).

[0235] In the common arrangement (1) among the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment and the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments which are later described, the organic EL device of the third exemplary embodiment will be further described.

Common Arrangement (1) Among First Exemplary Embodiment, Second Exemplary Embodiment, and Third Exemplary Embodiment

[0236] Regarding the common arrangement (1) among the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment, an arrangement applicable to each of the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment described herein will be described below.

Hole Transporting Zone

[0237] Herein, a region disposed between the anode and the first emitting region and including a plurality of organic layers is referred to as a first hole transporting zone.

[0238] The first hole transporting zone of the organic EL device of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments includes at least the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer. The first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed between the anode and the first emitting region in this order from a side close the anode.

[0239] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the anode is in direct contact with the first anode-side organic layer.

[0240] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the second anode-side organic layer.

[0241] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the first emitting region.

[0242] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a difference NM.sub.1NM.sub.2 between a refractive index NM.sub.1 of a constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer and a refractive index NM.sub.2 of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer satisfies a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula N4) below.

[00005] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1} - {NM}_{2} 0 .05 & (Numerical Formula N4) \end{matrix}$

[0243] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index difference NM.sub.1NM.sub.2 satisfies a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula N41, Numerical Formula N42, or Numerical Formula N43) below.

[00006] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1} - {NM}_{2} 0.1 & (Numerical Formula N41) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1} - {NM}_{2} 0.15 & (Numerical Formula N42) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{1} - {NM}_{2} 0 .20 & (Numerical Formula N43) \end{matrix}$

[0244] The first anode-side organic layer contains the first organic material and the second organic material. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material and the second organic material are mutually different compounds. A content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer further contains the fourth material as the additive material.

[0245] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the difference n.sub.4n.sub.1 between a refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 and the refractive index of the first organic material n.sub.1 is 0.05 or more.

[0246] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the difference n.sub.4n.sub.1 between the refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 and the refractive index of the first organic material n.sub.1 is 0.07 or more.

[0247] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 is 2.0 or more. By adding the fourth material having a higher refractive index in the first anode-side organic layer, the refractive index difference between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is more increased to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device.

[0248] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer does not contain the compound contained in the second anode-side organic layer. An arrangement satisfying the above condition is, for instance, as follows: when a compound CA, a compound CB, a compound AA and a compound AB are different compounds, the second anode-side organic layer contains a single type of compound (the compound AA) and the first anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (the compound CA and the compound CB). Further, the above condition is also satisfied when the second anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (the compound AA and the compound AB) and the first anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (the compound CA and the compound CB). On the other hand, the above condition is not satisfied, for instance, when the second anode-side organic layer contains a single type of compound (the compound AA) and the first anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (the compound CA and the compound AA), because the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer contain the identical compound (the compound AA).

[0249] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the first organic material, the second organic material, and the fourth material.

[0250] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index NM.sub.14 is larger than the refractive index NM.sub.10 as shown in the numerical formula (Numerical Formula N2). By containing the fourth material as the additive material in the first anode-side organic layer, the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer is increased. As a result, the difference NM.sub.1NM.sub.2 in refractive index between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is easily increased.

[0251] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a content of the fourth material in the first anode-side organic layer is 50 mass % or less.

[0252] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the fourth material in the first anode-side organic layer is 40 mass % or less.

[0253] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the fourth material in the first anode-side organic layer is 30 mass % or less.

[0254] The hole transportability can be ensured by setting the content of the fourth material in the first anode-side organic layer at 50 mass % or less and increasing the content of the first organic material.

[0255] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the fourth material in the first anode-side organic layer is 1 mass % or more, 5 mass % or more, or 10 mass % or more.

[0256] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains the third organic material and the fifth material.

[0257] In the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index NM.sub.25 is smaller than the refractive index NM.sub.20 as shown in the numerical formula (Numerical Formula N3). By containing the fifth material as the additive material in the second anode-side organic layer, the refractive index of the second anode-side organic layer is decreased. As a result, the difference NM.sub.1NM.sub.2 in refractive index between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is easily increased.

[0258] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a content of the fifth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 50 mass % or less.

[0259] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the fifth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 40 mass % or less.

[0260] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the fifth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 30 mass % or less.

[0261] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the fifth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 1 mass % or more, 5 mass % or more, or 10 mass % or more.

[0262] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the first organic material, the second organic material, and the fourth material and the second anode-side organic layer contains the third organic material and the fifth material. In this arrangement, since the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer satisfy both of the numerical formulae (Numerical Formula N2 and Numerical Formula N3), the difference NM.sub.1NM.sub.2 in refractive index between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is more easily increased.

[0263] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a total film thickness of the first hole transporting zone is in a range from 25 nm to 150 nm.

[0264] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the total film thickness of the first hole transporting zone is in a range from 25 nm to 85 nm.

[0265] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the total film thickness of the first hole transporting zone is in a range from 90 nm to 130 nm.

[0266] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer is 20 nm or less.

[0267] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer is 3 nm or more.

[0268] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer is 20 nm or more. The light extraction efficiency is easily improved when the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer satisfying the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula N1) is 20 nm or more.

[0269] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer is in a range from 20 nm to 70 nm.

[0270] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first hole transporting zone includes the third anode-side organic layer between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0271] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with third anode-side organic layer.

[0272] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with third anode-side organic layer.

[0273] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the third anode-side organic layer contains a sixth organic material.

[0274] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the sixth organic material, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different.

[0275] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer is 20 nm or more.

[0276] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy a numerical formula (Numerical Formula N5) below.

[00007] $\begin{matrix} N M_{3} > N M_{2} & (Numerical Formula N5) \end{matrix}$

[0277] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula N5): [0278] NM.sub.2 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer; and [0279] NM.sub.3 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer.

[0280] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first hole transporting zone includes a fourth anode-side organic layer between the second anode-side organic layer and the first emitting region. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer contains a seventh organic material.

[0281] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the second anode-side organic layer.

[0282] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the first emitting region.

[0283] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer is an electron blocking layer.

[0284] Preferably, the electron blocking layer permits transport of holes and blocks electrons from reaching a layer provided closer to the anode (e.g., the hole transporting layer) beyond the electron blocking layer.

[0285] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer may block excitons generated in the emitting layer from transferring to the layers provided closer to the anode (e.g., the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer) beyond the fourth anode-side organic layer so as to avoid excited energy from leaking out from the emitting layer to neighboring layers.

[0286] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is 15 nm or less.

[0287] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is 10 nm or less.

[0288] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer is 3 nm or more.

[0289] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is smaller than the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer. The organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments are considered to prolong the lifetime by including the fourth anode-side organic layer (preferably the electron blocking layer) having the smaller film thickness than the second anode-side organic layer.

[0290] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first hole transporting zone includes a first mixture layer between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the first mixture layer, and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0291] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first mixture layer contains the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, and at least one of the fourth material or the fifth material as the additive material.

[0292] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the first mixture layer may be 10 nm or more. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first mixture layer is 50 nm or less. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first mixture layer is smaller than the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer and smaller than the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer.

[0293] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first mixture layer may be formed between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer when the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are successively formed in the same deposition chamber.

[0294] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where the first hole transporting zone includes the third anode-side organic layer between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer, the first hole transporting zone includes a second mixture layer between the first anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the second mixture layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0295] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second mixture layer contains the first organic material, the second organic material, and the six organic material. In a case where the first anode-side organic layer contains the fourth material as the additive material, the second mixture layer also contains the fourth material.

[0296] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where the first hole transporting zone includes the third anode-side organic layer between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer, the first hole transporting zone includes a third mixture layer between the third anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, the third mixture layer, and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0297] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the third mixture layer contains the third organic material and the six organic material. In a case where the second anode-side organic layer contains the fifth material as the additive material, the third mixture layer also contains the fifth material.

[0298] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second mixture layer, the third anode-side organic layer, the third mixture layer, and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0299] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, film thicknesses of the second mixture layer and the third mixture layer may be each independently 10 nm or more.

[0300] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thicknesses of the second mixture layer and the third mixture layer are each independently 50 nm or less.

[0301] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the second mixture layer is smaller than the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer and smaller than the film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer.

[0302] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the third mixture layer is smaller than the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer and smaller than the film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer.

[0303] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second mixture layer may be formed between the first anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer when the first anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer are successively formed in the same deposition chamber.

[0304] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the third mixture layer may be formed between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer when the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer are successively formed in the same deposition chamber.

Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0305] The organic materials contained in the first hole transporting zone (i.e., the first organic material, the third organic material, the sixth organic material, and the seventh organic material) may be occasionally referred to as a hole transporting zone material.

[0306] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material, the third organic material, the sixth organic material, and the seventh organic material are each independently a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, or a diamine compound having two substituted or unsubstituted amino groups in a molecule.

[0307] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material, the third organic material, the sixth organic material, and the seventh organic material are each independently at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (C1) below and a compound represented by a formula (C3) below.

##STR00023##

[0308] In the formula (C1): [0309] Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0310] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0311] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0312] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; [0313] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; and [0314] L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and Los are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

##STR00024##

[0315] In the formula (C3): [0316] L.sub.C1, L.sub.C2, L.sub.C3, and L.sub.C4 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0317] n.sub.2 is 1, 2, 3, or 4; [0318] when n.sub.2 is 1, L.sub.C5 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0319] when n.sub.2 is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.C5 are mutually the same or different; [0320] when n.sub.2 is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.C5 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0321] L.sub.C5 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0322] Ar.sub.131, Ar.sub.132, Ar.sub.133, and Ar.sub.134 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0323] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0324] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0325] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; and [0326] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different.

[0327] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in the compound represented by the formula (C1) and the compound represented by the formula (C3) is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), in which R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a plurality of R.sub.C6 are mutually the same or different, and a plurality of R.sub.C7 are mutually the same or different.

[0328] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a first amino group represented by a formula (C3-1) below and a second amino group represented by a formula (C3-2) below are an identical group.

##STR00025##

[0329] In the formulae (C3-1) and (C3-2), * each represent a bonding position to L.sub.C5.

[0330] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first amino group represented by the formula (C3-1) and the second amino group represented by the formula (C3-2) may be mutually different groups.

[0331] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (C1) is a compound represented by a formula (C11) below.

##STR00026##

[0332] In the formula (C11): [0333] Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, and L.sub.A3 respectively represent the same as Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, and L.sub.D3 in the formula (C1); [0334] n.sub.1 and n.sub.2 are 4; [0335] a plurality of R.sub.C11 are mutually the same or different; [0336] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of a plurality of R.sub.C11 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0337] a plurality of R.sub.C12 are mutually the same or different; [0338] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of a plurality of R.sub.C12 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [0339] R.sub.C11 and R.sub.C12 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0340] In the compound represented by the formula (C1), at least one of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, or Ar.sub.313 is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) below.

[0341] In the compound represented by the formula (C11), at least one of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, or Ar.sub.113 is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) below.

##STR00027##

[0342] In the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e): [0343] X.sub.21 is NR.sub.21, CR.sub.22R.sub.23, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [0344] when a plurality of X.sub.21 are present, the plurality of X.sub.21 are mutually the same or different; [0345] when X.sub.21 is CR.sub.22R.sub.23, a combination of R.sub.22 and R.sub.23 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0346] R.sub.21, and R.sub.22 and R.sub.23 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0347] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.211 to R.sub.218 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0348] R.sub.211 to R.sub.218 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [0349] * in the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) are each independently a bonding position to L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, L.sub.D3, L.sub.A1, L.sub.A2, and L.sub.A3.

[0350] Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 not being a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) are each independently preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group.

[0351] In the compound represented by the formula (C1), it is also preferable that two of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining one of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0352] In the compound represented by the formula (C11), it is also preferable that two of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 are each a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining one of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0353] In the compound represented by the formula (C1), it is also preferable that one of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 is a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining two of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0354] In the compound represented by the formula (C11), it is also preferable that one of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 is a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining two of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 are each a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0355] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-3) below.

##STR00028##

[0356] In the formulae (cHT2-1), (CHT2-2), and (cHT2-3): [0357] Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, and Ar.sub.124 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0358] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0359] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0360] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; [0361] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; [0362] L.sub.A1, L.sub.A2, L.sub.A3, L.sub.B1, L.sub.B2, L.sub.B3, and L.sub.B4 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0363] nb is 1, 2, 3 or 4; [0364] when nb is 1, L.sub.B5 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0365] when nb is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.B5 are mutually the same or different; [0366] when nb is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.B5 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0367] L.sub.B5 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [0368] a combination of R.sub.A35 and R.sub.A36 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0369] R.sub.A25, and R.sub.A35 and R.sub.A36 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0370] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.A20 to R.sub.A24 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0371] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.A30 to R.sub.A34 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0372] R.sub.A20 to R.sub.A24 and R.sub.A30 to R.sub.A34 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0373] a plurality of R.sub.A20 are mutually the same or different; [0374] a plurality of R.sub.A30 are mutually the same or different; [0375] R.sub.901 to R.sub.904 in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0376] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0377] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0378] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; and [0379] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

[0380] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a first amino group represented by a formula (c21) below and a second amino group represented by a formula (c22) below in the compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3) are an identical group or different groups.

##STR00029##

[0381] In the formulae (c21) and (c22), * each represent a bonding position to L.sub.B5.

[0382] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1), (CHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7).

[0383] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a plurality of R.sub.C6 are mutually the same or different, and a plurality of R.sub.C7 are mutually the same or different.

[0384] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, when a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1) and (cHT2-2) are each a monoamine compound.

[0385] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, when a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), the compound represented by the formulae (cHT2-3) is a diamine compound.

[0386] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (C1) contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-1), a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-3), and a compound represented by a formula (cHT3-4) below.

##STR00030##

[0387] In the formulae (cHT3-1), (cHT3-2), (CHT3-3), and (cHT3-4): [0388] Ar.sub.311 is a group represented by one of a formula (1-a), a formula (1-b), a formula (1-c), and a formula (1-d) below; [0389] Ar.sub.312 and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0390] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0391] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0392] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; [0393] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; [0394] L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and Los are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0395] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D20 to R.sub.D24 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0396] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D31 to R.sub.D38 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0397] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D40 to R.sub.D44 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0398] X.sub.3 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or C(R.sub.D45)(R.sub.D46); [0399] a combination of R.sub.D45 and R.sub.D46 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0400] R.sub.D25, and R.sub.D20 to R.sub.D24, R.sub.D31 to R.sub.D38, R.sub.D40 to R.sub.D44, R.sub.D45 and R.sub.D46 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0401] a plurality of R.sub.D20 are mutually the same or different; [0402] a plurality of R.sub.D40 are mutually the same or different; [0403] R.sub.901 to R.sub.904 in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-1), (cHT3-2), (CHT3-3), and (cHT3-4) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0404] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0405] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0406] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; and [0407] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

##STR00031##

[0408] In the formula (1-a): [0409] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.51 to R.sub.55 are bonded to each other; [0410] R.sub.51 to R.sub.55 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and [0411] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

##STR00032##

[0412] In the formula (1-b): [0413] one of R.sub.61 to Res is a single bond with *b; [0414] none of a combination(s) adjacent two or more of R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 not being the single bond with * b are mutually bonded; [0415] R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 not being the single bond with *b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0416] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

##STR00033##

[0417] In the formula (1-c): [0418] one of R.sub.71 to Rao is a single bond with *d; [0419] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.71 to Rao not being the single bond with *d are bonded to each other; [0420] R.sub.71 to Rao not being the single bond with *d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0421] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

##STR00034##

[0422] In the formula (1-d): [0423] one of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 is a single bond with *h1, and another one of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 is a single bond with *h2; [0424] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 are bonded to each other; [0425] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.151 to R.sub.155 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0426] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.161 to R.sub.165 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0427] R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 as well as R.sub.151 to R.sub.155 and R.sub.161 to R.sub.165 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0428] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

[0429] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-1), (CHT3-2), (cHT3-3), and (cHT3-4) is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), in which R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are [0430] each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a plurality of Rce are mutually the same or different, and a plurality of R.sub.C7 are mutually the same or different.

[0431] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, when a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-1), (cHT3-2), (cHT3-3), and (cHT3-4) are each a monoamine compound.

[0432] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-3), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4).

First Organic Material

[0433] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (C1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3).

[0434] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0435] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by a formula (2-a), a group represented by a formula (2-b), a group represented by a formula (2-c), a group represented by a formula (2-d), a group represented by a formula (2-e), and a group represented by a formula (2-f) below.

[0436] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3), and at least one of Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, or Ar.sub.124 in the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

##STR00035##

[0437] In the formula (2-a): [0438] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.251 to R.sub.255 are bonded to each other; [0439] R.sub.251 to R.sub.255 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and [0440] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00036##

[0441] In the formula (2-b): [0442] one of R.sub.261 to R.sub.268 is a single bond with *b; [0443] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.261 to R.sub.268 not being the single bond with *b are bonded to each other; [0444] R.sub.261 to R.sub.268 not being the single bond with *b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0445] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00037##

[0446] In the formula (2-c): [0447] one of R.sub.271 to R.sub.282 is a single bond with *c; [0448] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.271 to R.sub.282 not being the single bond with *c are bonded to each other; [0449] R.sub.271 to R.sub.282 not being the single bond with *c are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0450] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00038##

[0451] In the formula (2-d): [0452] one of R.sub.291 to R.sub.300 is a single bond with *d; [0453] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.291 to R.sub.300 not being the single bond with *d are bonded to each other; [0454] R.sub.291 to R.sub.300 not being the single bond with *d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0455] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00039##

[0456] In the formula (2-e): [0457] Z.sub.3 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR.sub.319, or C(R.sub.320)(R.sub.321); [0458] one of R.sub.311 to R.sub.321 is a single bond with *e, or one of carbon atoms of a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring below formed by mutually bonding a combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 is bonded to *e by a single bond; [0459] a combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 not being the single bond with *e are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, or not mutually bonded; [0460] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 not being the single bond with *e and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 10 ring atoms; [0461] R.sub.319 not being the single bond with *e is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; [0462] a combination of R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0463] R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e, not forming the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0464] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00040##

[0465] In the formula (2-f): [0466] one of R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 is a single bond with *h1, and another one of R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 is a single bond with *h2; [0467] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 are bonded to each other; [0468] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.351 to R.sub.355 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0469] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.361 to R.sub.365 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0470] R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 as well as R.sub.351 to R.sub.355 and R.sub.361 to R.sub.365 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0471] ** represents a bonding position.

[0472] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f) are each independently bonded directly, through a phenylene group, or through a biphenylene group to a nitrogen atom of an amino group of the monoamine compound.

[0473] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, and a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f) are each independently bonded directly, through a phenylene group, or through a biphenylene group to a nitrogen atom of an amino group of the monoamine compound.

[0474] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1) and at least one of Ar.sub.112 or Ar.sub.113 is a group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0475] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2) and at least one of Ar.sub.112 or Ar.sub.113 is a group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0476] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3) and at least one of Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, or Ar.sub.124 is a group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0477] In the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, when Z.sub.3 in the formula (2-e) is NR.sub.319, R.sub.312 or R.sub.317 is preferably a single bond with *e.

[0478] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the group represented by the formula (2-e) is a group represented by a formula (2-e7) below.

##STR00041##

[0479] In the formula (2-e7), R.sub.311 to R.sub.316, R.sub.318, and R.sub.319 respectively represent the same as R.sub.311 to R.sub.316, R.sub.318, and R.sub.319 in the formula (2-e), and ** represents a bonding position.

[0480] In the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, when Z.sub.3 in the formula (2-e) is NR.sub.319, R.sub.315, R.sub.316, or R.sub.318 is also preferably a single bond with *e.

[0481] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the group represented by the formula (2-e) is a group represented by a formula (2-e4), (2-e5), or (2-e6) below.

##STR00042##

[0482] In the formulae (2-e4), (2-e5), and (2-e6), R.sub.311 to R.sub.319 respectively represent the same as R.sub.311 to R.sub.319 in the formula (2-e), and ** represents a bonding position.

[0483] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the group represented by the formula (2-e) is a group represented by a formula (2-e1), (2-e2), or (2-e3) below.

##STR00043##

[0484] In the formulae (2-e1), (2-e2), and (2-e3): [0485] Z.sub.3 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR.sub.319, or C(R.sub.320)(R.sub.321); [0486] one of R.sub.311 to R.sub.325 is a single bond with *e; [0487] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 and R.sub.322 to R.sub.325 not being the single bond with *e are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 10 ring atoms; [0488] R.sub.319 not being the single bond with *e is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; [0489] a combination of R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0490] R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e, not forming the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0491] ** represents a bonding position.

[0492] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, ** in the formulae (2-a), (2-b), (2-c), (2-d), (2-e), (2-f), (2-e1), (2-e2), and (2-e3) are each independently a bonding position to L.sub.A2, L.sub.A3, L.sub.B1, L.sub.B2, L.sub.B3, or L.sub.B4 or a bonding position to a nitrogen atom of an amino group.

[0493] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

[0494] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the first organic material n.sub.1 is 1.8 or more. When the refractive index of the first organic material is increased, the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer is increased and the refractive index difference between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer is increased to improve the light extraction efficiency.

[0495] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, an ionization potential of the first organic material is 5.7 eV or less.

[0496] Herein, the ionization potential of a compound is measured using a photoelectron spectrometer under atmosphere. Specifically, the ionization potential of a compound can be measured by the method described in Examples.

Third Organic Material

[0497] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the third organic material is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-3), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4).

[0498] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the third organic material is a monoamine compound.

[0499] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the third organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

[0500] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the third organic material is 1.85 or less.

[0501] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the third organic material is 1.80 or less.

Sixth Organic Material

[0502] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the sixth organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0503] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the sixth organic material and the third organic material are mutually different compounds.

[0504] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the sixth organic material is a monoamine compound.

[0505] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the sixth organic material is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-3), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4).

[0506] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the sixth organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

Seventh Organic Material

[0507] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the seventh organic material and the third organic material are mutually different compounds.

[0508] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the seventh organic material, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, the fifth material, and the sixth organic material are mutually different compounds.

[0509] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer contains a compound represented by the formula (C1) or a compound represented by the formula (C3).

[0510] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, although the third anode-side organic layer and the fourth anode-side organic layer may each contain a compound represented by the formula (C1), the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer and the compound contained in the fourth anode-side organic layer are mutually different in molecular structure. The compound represented by the formula (C1) is preferably a monoamine compound.

[0511] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where the fourth anode-side organic layer is an electron blocking layer, a compound contained in the electron blocking layer (the seventh organic material) is, for instance, a known compound used for the electron blocking layer and is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic amine compound and a carbazole derivative. The compound contained in the electron blocking layer may be a monoamine compound. The compound contained in the electron blocking layer may be a compound having a substituted or unsubstituted carbazolyl group and one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0512] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the seventh organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

[0513] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer contain one or more compounds different from each other.

[0514] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer each independently contain a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0515] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer contain no diamine compound.

[0516] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, at least one of the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, or the fourth anode-side organic layer may also contain a diamine compound. The compound represented by the formula (C3) is preferably a diamine compound.

[0517] In the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, and R.sub.904 in a compound contained in each layer of the first hole transporting zone are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0518] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0519] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0520] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; and [0521] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

[0522] In the first, second, and third exemplary embodiment, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

Method of Producing Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0523] The hole transporting zone material according to the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments can be produced by a known method or through a known alternative reaction using a known material(s) tailored for the target compound in accordance with the known method.

Specific Examples of Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0524] Specific examples of the hole transporting zone material according to the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

Second Organic Material

[0525] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is an acceptor material.

[0526] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second organic material has at least one of a first cyclic structure represented by a formula (P11) below or a second cyclic structure represented by a formula (P12) below.

##STR00044##

[0527] The first cyclic structure represented by the formula (P11) is fused, in a molecule of the second organic material, to at least one cyclic structure of a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms, and a structure represented by =X.sub.10 is represented by a formula (11a), (11b), (11c), (11d), (11e), (11f), (11g), (11h), (11i), (11j), (11k) or (11m) below.

##STR00045## ##STR00046##

[0528] In the formula (11a), (11b), (11c), (11d), (11e), (11f), (11g), (11h), (11i), (11j), (11k) or (11m): [0529] R.sub.11 to R.sub.14 and R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0530] In the formula (P12): [0531] X.sub.1 to X.sub.5 are each independently a nitrogen atom, a carbon atom bonded to R.sub.15, or a carbon atom bonded to another atom in a molecule of the second organic material; [0532] at least one of X.sub.1 to X.sub.5 is a carbon atom bonded to another atom in the molecule of the second organic material; [0533] R.sub.15 is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted ester group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a nitro group, and a substituted or unsubstituted siloxanyl group; and [0534] when a plurality of R.sub.15 are present, the plurality of R.sub.15 are mutually the same or different.

[0535] In the second organic material, R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0536] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0537] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0538] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [0539] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [0540] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [0541] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [0542] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[0543] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the second organic material has at least one cyano group.

[0544] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the first organic material. The second organic material and the first organic material are mutually different.

[0545] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %.

[0546] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is 10 mass % or less or 5 mass % or less.

[0547] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the content of the second organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is in a range from 1 mass % to 3 mass %.

[0548] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where the first anode-side organic layer contains the second organic material and the first organic material, a content of the first organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is preferably 40 mass % or more, more preferably 45 mass % or more, and still more preferably 50 mass % or more. The content of the first organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is preferably 99.5 mass % or less. The total of the content of the second organic material and the content of the first organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is 100 mass % or less.

[0549] An ester group herein is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl ester group and an aryl ester group.

[0550] An alkyl ester group herein is represented, for instance, by C(O) OR.sup.E. R.sup.E is exemplified by a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).

[0551] An aryl ester group herein is represented, for instance, by C(O) OR.sup.Ar. R.sup.Ar is exemplified by a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0552] A siloxanyl group herein, which is a silicon compound group through an ether bond, is exemplified by a trimethylsiloxanyl group.

[0553] A carbamoyl group herein is represented by CONH.sub.2.

[0554] A substituted carbamoyl group herein is represented, for instance, by

[0555] CONHAr.sup.C or CONHR.sup.C. Ar.sup.C is, for instance, at least one group selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms) and a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms (preferably 5 to 14 ring atoms). Ar.sup.C may be a group in which a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms is bonded to a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0556] R.sup.C is exemplified by a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms).

[0557] In the second organic material, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

Specific Examples of Second Organic Material

[0558] Specific examples of the second organic material include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

Additive Material

[0559] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth material and the fifth material as the additive material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0560] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth material as the additive material is a material that causes the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer to satisfy both of the numerical formulae (Numerical Formula N1 and Numerical Formula N2).

[0561] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fifth material as the additive material is a material that causes the refractive index of the second anode-side organic layer to satisfy both of the numerical formulae (Numerical Formula N1 and Numerical Formula N3).

[0562] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the fifth material is 1.80 or less.

[0563] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the fifth material is 1.78 or less.

[0564] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the additive material is an organic material.

[0565] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the organic material as the additive material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, or a non-amine compound not having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0566] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the organic material as the additive material is an amine compound having a thiophene ring.

[0567] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where an amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, a content of the amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 10 mass % or more, more preferably 20 mass % or more.

[0568] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where the amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, the content of the amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 50 mass % or less.

[0569] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where a non-amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, a content of the non-amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 5 mass % or more, more preferably 10 mass % or more, and still more preferably 20 mass % or more.

[0570] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, in a case where the non-amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, the content of the non-amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 50 mass % or less.

[0571] Specific examples of the fourth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

[0572] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the additive material is a metal atom-containing material.

[0573] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the metal atom-containing material is exemplified by a compound having a perovskite structure (perovskite compound). In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, a perovskite compound as the metal atom-containing material is represented by a formula ABX.sub.3 in which A and B are each a cation and X is an anion. For instance, A is CH.sub.3NH.sub.3 (CH.sub.3NH.sub.3 is sometimes referred to as MA hereinafter), CH(NH.sub.2).sub.2, Cs, or a mixture thereof; B is Pb, Sn, or a mixture thereof; and X is Cl, Br, I, or a mixture thereof. The perovskite compound as the metal atom-containing material is exemplified by CH.sub.3NH.sub.3PbBr.sub.3. A refractive index of CH.sub.3NH.sub.3PbBr.sub.3 at 460 nm is 2.3.

[0574] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the metal atom-containing material is a metal oxide. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the metal oxide as the metal atom-containing material is exemplified by zinc oxide (ZnO).

[0575] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, the fourth material as the additive material is a perovskite compound or zinc oxide (ZnO).

[0576] Specific examples of the fifth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

[0577] The description on the common arrangement (1) among the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment has been thus made above.

Fourth Exemplary Embodiment

[0578] An organic electroluminescence device according to a fourth exemplary embodiment includes a cathode, an anode, a first emitting region provided between the cathode and the anode, and a first hole transporting zone provided between the anode and the first emitting region, in which the first emitting region includes at least one emitting layer, the first hole transporting zone includes at least a first anode-side organic layer, a second anode-side organic layer, and a third anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode between the anode and the first emitting region, the second anode-side organic layer contains a second organic material, the second organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, the third anode-side organic layer has a film thickness of 20 nm or more, the third anode-side organic layer contains a third organic material, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, at least one of the second anode-side organic or the third anode-side organic layer contains an additive material, the additive material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is a fourth material, the additive material contained in the third anode-side organic layer is a fifth material, the fourth material and the fifth material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different, and the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX1) and at least one of numerical formulae (Numerical Formula NX2 and Numerical Formula NX3) below.

[00008] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} > {NM}_{3} & (Numerical Formula N X1) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2 4} > N M_{2 0} & (Numerical Formula N X2) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{3 0} > N M_{3 5} & (Numerical Formula N X3) \end{matrix}$

[0579] In the formulae (Numerical Formula NX1), (Numerical Formula NX2), and (Numerical Formula NX3): [0580] NM.sub.2 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer; [0581] NM.sub.3 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer; [0582] NM.sub.20 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer not containing the fourth material; [0583] NM.sub.24 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer containing the fourth material; [0584] NM.sub.30 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer not containing the fifth material; and [0585] NM.sub.35 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer containing the fifth material.

[0586] According to the fourth exemplary embodiment, the device performance of the organic EL device is improvable. In the organic EL device of the fourth exemplary embodiment, the refractive index NM.sub.2 of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is larger than the refractive index NM.sub.3 of the constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer. Light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device is improved by the refractive index NM.sub.2 being larger than the refractive index NM.sub.3. Further, in the organic EL device according to the fourth exemplary embodiment, at least one of the second anode-side organic layer or the third anode-side organic layer contains an additive material satisfying at least one of the formulae (Numerical Formula NX2 and Numerical Formula NX3). Therefore, according to the fourth exemplary embodiment, a difference NM.sub.2-NM.sub.3 in refractive index between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is increasable to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device. The organic EL device of the fourth exemplary embodiment improves luminous efficiency as the device performance as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material. An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fourth exemplary embodiment prolongs a lifetime as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material.

[0587] When the second anode-side organic layer contains a single type of compound, the refractive index NM.sub.2 of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer corresponds to a refractive index of the single type of compound. When the second anode-side organic layer contains a plurality of types of compounds, the refractive index NM.sub.2 of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer corresponds to a refractive index of a mixture containing the plurality types of compounds. The refractive index NM.sub.1, the refractive index NM.sub.3, and refractive indices of constituent materials of other layers are defined in the same manner as the refractive index NM.sub.2. The refractive index can be measured by the measurement method described in Examples below. Herein, a value of the refractive index at 2.7 eV in the substrate parallel direction (Ordinary direction) measured by multi-incidence angle spectroscopic ellipsometry measurement is defined as a refractive index of the measurement target material. The refractive index at 2.7 eV corresponds to a refractive index at 460 nm.

[0588] In a common arrangement (2) among the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment and the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments which are later described, the organic EL device of the fourth exemplary embodiment will be further described.

Fifth Exemplary Embodiment

[0589] An organic electroluminescence device according to a fifth exemplary embodiment includes a cathode, an anode, a first emitting region provided between the cathode and the anode, and a first hole transporting zone provided between the anode and the first emitting region, in which the first emitting region includes at least one emitting layer, the first hole transporting zone includes at least a first anode-side organic layer and a second anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode between the anode and the first emitting region, the second anode-side organic layer contains a second organic material, the second organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, the second anode-side organic layer contains an additive material, the additive material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is a fourth material, and a difference n.sub.4n.sub.2 between a refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 and a refractive index of the second organic material n.sub.2 is 0.05 or more.

[0590] According to the fifth exemplary embodiment, the device performance of the organic EL device is improvable. In the organic EL device according to the fifth exemplary embodiment, since the refractive index difference n.sub.4n.sub.2 is 0.05 or more, the fourth material as the additive material has a higher refractive index than the second organic material. By containing the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer, the refractive index difference between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is increasable to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device. Similar to the organic EL device of the fourth exemplary embodiment, the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment improves the luminous efficiency as the device performance as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material. An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment prolongs a lifetime as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material.

[0591] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the first hole transporting zone includes a third anode-side organic layer between the second anode-side organic layer and the first emitting region.

[0592] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed between the anode and the first emitting region in this order from a side close the anode.

[0593] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the third anode-side organic layer has a film thickness of 20 nm or more.

[0594] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the third anode-side organic layer contains a third organic material.

[0595] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amine group in a molecule.

[0596] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the third anode-side organic layer contains an additive material. The additive material contained in the third anode-side organic layer is a fifth material.

[0597] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the fourth material and the fifth material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0598] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different.

[0599] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to the fifth exemplary embodiment, the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX1) and at least one of the formulae (Numerical Formula NX2 and Numerical Formula NX3) of the fourth exemplary embodiment.

[0600] In the common arrangement (2) among the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment and the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments which are later described, the organic EL device of the fifth exemplary embodiment will be further described.

Sixth Exemplary Embodiment

[0601] An organic electroluminescence device according to a sixth exemplary embodiment includes a cathode, an anode, a first emitting region provided between the cathode and the anode, and a first hole transporting zone provided between the anode and the first emitting region, in which the first emitting region includes at least one emitting layer, the first hole transporting zone includes at least a first anode-side organic layer, a second anode-side organic layer, and a third anode-side organic layer, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode between the anode and the first emitting region, the third anode-side organic layer contains a third organic material and an additive material, the additive material contained in the third anode-side organic layer is a fifth material, and a difference n.sub.3n.sub.5 between a refractive index of the third organic material n.sub.3 and a refractive index of the fifth material n.sub.5 is 0.02 or more.

[0602] According to the sixth exemplary embodiment, the device performance of the organic EL device is improvable. In the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, since the refractive index difference n.sub.3n.sub.5 is 0.02 or more, the fifth material as the additive material has a lower refractive index than the third organic material. By containing the fifth material in the third anode-side organic layer, the refractive index difference between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is increasable to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device. Similar to the organic EL devices of the fourth exemplary embodiment and the fifth exemplary embodiment, the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment improves the luminous efficiency as the device performance as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material. An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment prolongs a lifetime as compared with an organic EL device having a hole transporting zone containing no additive material.

[0603] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to the sixth exemplary embodiment, a difference n.sub.3n.sub.5 between the refractive index of the third organic material n.sub.3 and the refractive index of the fifth material n.sub.5 is 0.03 or more.

[0604] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the third anode-side organic layer has a film thickness of 20 nm or more.

[0605] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the third organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amine group in a molecule.

[0606] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the second anode-side organic layer contains a second organic material.

[0607] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the second organic material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amine group in a molecule.

[0608] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the second anode-side organic layer contains an additive material. The additive material contained in the second anode-side organic layer is a fourth material.

[0609] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the fourth material and the fifth material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0610] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, and the fifth material are mutually different.

[0611] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to the sixth exemplary embodiment, the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX1) and at least one of the formulae (Numerical Formula NX2 and Numerical Formula NX3) of the fourth exemplary embodiment.

[0612] In the common arrangement (2) among the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment and the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments which are later described, the organic EL device of the sixth exemplary embodiment will be further described.

Common Arrangement (2) Among Fourth Exemplary Embodiment, Fifth Exemplary Embodiment, and Sixth Exemplary Embodiment

[0613] Regarding the common arrangement (2) among the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment, an arrangement applicable to each of the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment described herein will be described below.

Hole Transporting Zone

[0614] Herein, a region disposed between the anode and the first emitting region and including a plurality of organic layers is referred to as a first hole transporting zone.

[0615] The first hole transporting zone of each of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments includes at least the first-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer.

[0616] The first hole transporting zone of the organic EL device of the fourth exemplary embodiment includes at least the first-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer. The first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed between the anode and the first emitting region in this order from a side close the anode.

[0617] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the anode is in direct contact with the first anode-side organic layer.

[0618] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first-side organic layer is in direct contact with the second anode-side organic layer.

[0619] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the third anode-side organic layer.

[0620] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the first emitting region.

[0621] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a difference NM.sub.2NM.sub.3 between a refractive index NM.sub.2 of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer and a refractive index NM.sub.3 of a constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer satisfies a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX4) below.

[00009] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} - {NM}_{3} 0 .05 & (Numerical Formula N X4) \end{matrix}$

[0622] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index difference NM.sub.2NM.sub.3 satisfies a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX41, Numerical Formula NX42, or Numerical Formula NX43) below.

[00010] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} - {NM}_{3} 0.1 & (Numerical Formula N X41) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} - {NM}_{3} 0.15 & (Numerical Formula N X42) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2} - {NM}_{3} 0.2 & (Numerical Formula N X43) \end{matrix}$

[0623] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer does not contain the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer. An arrangement satisfying the above condition is, for instance, as follows: when a compound CA, a compound CB, a compound AA and a compound AB are mutually different compounds, the third anode-side organic layer contains a single type of compound (i.e., the compound AA) and the second anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (i.e., the compound CA and the compound CB). Further, the above condition is also satisfied when the third anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (i.e., the compound AA and the compound AB) and the second anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (i.e., the compound CA and the compound CB). On the other hand, the above condition is not satisfied, for instance, when the third anode-side organic layer contains a single type of compound (i.e., the compound AA) and the second anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (i.e., the compound CA and the compound AA), because the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer contain the identical compound (the compound AA).

[0624] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer contain at least one identical compound. An arrangement satisfying the above condition is, for instance, as follows: when the first anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (i.e., the compound AA and the compound AB) and the second anode-side organic layer contains two types of compounds (i.e., the compound CA and the compound AA), because the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer contain the identical compound (the compound AA).

[0625] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains the second organic material and the fourth material.

[0626] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index NM.sub.24 is larger than the refractive index NM.sub.20 as shown in the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX2). By containing the fourth material as the additive material in the second anode-side organic layer, the refractive index of the second anode-side organic layer is increased. As a result, the difference NM.sub.2NM.sub.3 in refractive index between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is easily increased.

[0627] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the difference n.sub.4n.sub.2 between the refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 and the refractive index of the second organic material n.sub.2 is 0.05 or more.

[0628] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the difference n.sub.4n.sub.2 between the refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 and the refractive index of the second organic material n.sub.2 is 0.07 or more.

[0629] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the fourth material n.sub.4 is 2.0 or more. By adding the fourth material having a higher refractive index to the second anode-side organic layer, the refractive index difference between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is more increased to further improve the light extraction efficiency of the organic EL device.

[0630] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a content of the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 50 mass % or less.

[0631] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 40 mass % or less.

[0632] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 30 mass % or less.

[0633] The hole transportability can be ensured by setting the content of the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer at 50 mass % or less and increasing the content of the second organic material.

[0634] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the fourth material in the second anode-side organic layer is 1 mass % or more, 5 mass % or more, or 10 mass % or more.

[0635] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third anode-side organic layer contains the third organic material and the fifth material.

[0636] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index NM.sub.35 is smaller than the refractive index NM.sub.30 as shown in the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX3). By containing the fifth material as the additive material in the third anode-side organic layer, the refractive index of the third anode-side organic layer is decreased. As a result, the difference NM.sub.2NM.sub.3 in refractive index between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is easily increased.

[0637] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a content of the fifth material in the third anode-side organic layer is 50 mass % or less.

[0638] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the fifth material in the third anode-side organic layer is 40 mass % or less.

[0639] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a content of the fifth material in the third anode-side organic layer is 30 mass % or less.

[0640] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the fifth material in the third anode-side organic layer is 1 mass % or more, 5 mass % or more, or 10 mass % or more.

[0641] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains the second organic material and the fourth material, and the third anode-side organic layer contains the third organic material and the fifth material. In this arrangement, since the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy both of the numerical formulae (Numerical Formula NX2 and Numerical Formula NX3), the difference NM.sub.2NM.sub.3 in refractive index between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is more easily increased.

[0642] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer satisfy a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX5) below.

NM.sub.1>NM.sub.3(Numerical Formula NX5)

[0643] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX5), NM.sub.1 is a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer and NM.sub.3 is a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer.

[0644] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a total film thickness of the first hole transporting zone is in a range from 45 nm to 150 nm.

[0645] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the total film thickness of the first hole transporting zone is in a range from 25 nm to 85 nm.

[0646] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the total film thickness of the first hole transporting zone is in a range from 90 nm to 130 nm.

[0647] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer is 20 nm or more. The light extraction efficiency is easily improved when the film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer satisfying the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX1) is 20 nm or more.

[0648] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer is in a range from 20 nm to 70 nm.

[0649] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer is 20 nm or more.

[0650] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer is 70 nm or less.

[0651] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer is 3 nm or more.

[0652] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer is 20 nm or less.

[0653] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the acceptor material.

[0654] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer may consist of a single type of material.

[0655] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer may consist of a single type of acceptor material.

[0656] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer is a hole injecting layer.

[0657] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the first organic material and the acceptor material. The first organic material and the acceptor material are mutually different compounds.

[0658] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a content of the acceptor material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %.

[0659] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the sixth material as the additive material. The sixth material is an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0660] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where the first anode-side organic layer contains the sixth material as the additive material, the first anode-side organic layer satisfies a numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX6) below.

NM.sub.16>NM.sub.10(Numerical Formula NX6)

[0661] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX6): [0662] NM.sub.10 represents a refractive index of a constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer not containing the sixth material; and [0663] NM.sub.16 represents a refractive index of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer containing the sixth material.

[0664] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first hole transporting zone includes a fourth anode-side organic layer between the third anode-side organic layer and the first emitting region. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer contains the seventh organic material.

[0665] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth-side organic layer is in direct contact with the third anode-side organic layer.

[0666] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer is in direct contact with the first emitting region.

[0667] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer is an electron blocking layer.

[0668] Preferably, the electron blocking layer permits transport of holes and blocks electrons from reaching a layer provided closer to the anode (e.g., the hole transporting layer) beyond the electron blocking layer.

[0669] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer may block excitons generated in the emitting layer from transferring to the layers provided closer to the anode (e.g., the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer) beyond the fourth anode-side organic layer so as to avoid excited energy from leaking out from the emitting layer to neighboring layers.

[0670] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is 15 nm or less.

[0671] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is 10 nm or less.

[0672] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is 3 nm or more.

[0673] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the fourth anode-side organic layer is smaller than the film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer. The organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are considered to prolong the lifetime by including the fourth anode-side organic layer (preferably the electron blocking layer) having the smaller film thickness than the third anode-side organic layer.

[0674] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first hole transporting zone includes a first mixture layer between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the first mixture layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0675] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first mixture layer contains the second organic material, the third organic material, and at least one of the fourth material or the fifth material as the additive material.

[0676] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the first mixture layer may be 10 nm or more. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first mixture layer is 50 nm or less. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the first mixture layer is smaller than the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer and smaller than the film thickness of the third anode-side organic layer.

[0677] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first mixture layer may be formed between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer when the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer are successively formed in the same deposition chamber.

[0678] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first hole transporting zone includes a second mixture layer between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer. In this arrangement, the first anode-side organic layer, the second mixture layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[0679] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second mixture layer contains the acceptor material, the second organic material, and the fourth material as the additive material.

[0680] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second mixture layer contains the acceptor material, the first organic material, the second organic material, and the fourth material as the additive material.

[0681] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a film thickness of the second mixture layer may be 10 nm or more. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the second mixture layer is 50 nm or less. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the film thickness of the second mixture layer is smaller than the film thickness of the first anode-side organic layer and smaller than the film thickness of the second anode-side organic layer.

[0682] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second mixture layer may be formed between the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer when first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer are successively formed in the same deposition chamber.

[0683] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where the first hole transporting zone includes the first mixture layer and the second mixture layer, the first anode-side organic layer, the second mixture layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the first mixture layer, and the third anode-side organic layer are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0684] The organic materials contained in the first hole transporting zone (i.e., the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, and the seventh organic material) may be occasionally referred to as a hole transporting zone material.

[0685] The first organic material is one material forming the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer. The first anode-side organic layer may consist of the first organic material or further contain another material.

[0686] The second organic material is one material forming the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer. The second anode-side organic layer may consist of the second organic material or contain another material.

[0687] The third organic material is one material forming the constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer. The third anode-side organic layer may consist of the third organic material or further contain another material.

[0688] The seventh organic material is one material forming the constituent material contained in the fourth anode-side organic layer. The fourth anode-side organic layer may consist of the seventh organic material or contain another material.

[0689] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, and the seventh organic material are each independently a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, or a diamine compound having two substituted or unsubstituted amino groups in a molecule.

First, Second, Third, and Seventh Organic Materials

[0690] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, and the seventh organic material are each independently at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (C1) below and a compound represented by the formula (C3) below.

[0691] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, although the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer and the fourth anode-side organic layer may each contain a compound represented by the formula (C1) below, the compound contained in the second anode-side organic layer and the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer are mutually different in molecular structure, and the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer and the compound contained in the fourth anode-side organic layer are mutually different in molecular structure.

[0692] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, although the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer and the fourth anode-side organic layer may each contain a compound represented by the formula (C3) below, the compound contained in the second anode-side organic layer and the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer are mutually different in molecular structure, and the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer and the compound contained in the fourth anode-side organic layer are mutually different in molecular structure.

##STR00047##

[0693] In the formula (C1): [0694] Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0695] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0696] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0697] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; [0698] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; and [0699] L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and L.sub.D3 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

##STR00048##

[0700] In the formula (C3): [0701] L.sub.C1, L.sub.C2, L.sub.C3, and L.sub.C4 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0702] n.sub.2 is 1, 2, 3, or 4; [0703] when n.sub.2 is 1, L.sub.C5 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0704] when n.sub.2 is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.C5 are mutually the same or different; [0705] when n.sub.2 is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.C5 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0706] L.sub.C5 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0707] Ar.sub.131, Ar.sub.132, Ar.sub.133, and Ar.sub.134 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0708] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0709] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0710] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; and [0711] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different.

[0712] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in the compound represented by the formula (C1) and the compound represented by the formula (C3) is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), in which R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a plurality of Rce are mutually the same or different, and a plurality of R.sub.C7 are mutually the same or different.

[0713] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a first amino group represented by the formula (C3-1) below and a second amino group represented by the formula (C3-2) below in the compound represented by the formula (C3) are an identical group.

##STR00049##

[0714] In the formulae (C3-1) and (C3-2), * each represent a bonding position to L.sub.C5.

[0715] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first amino group represented by the formula (C3-1) and the second amino group represented by the formula (C3-2) may be mutually different groups.

[0716] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (C1) is a compound represented by a formula (C11) below.

##STR00050##

[0717] In the formula (C11): [0718] Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, and L.sub.A3 respectively represent the same as Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, and L.sub.D3 in the formula (C1); [0719] n.sub.1 and n.sub.2 are 4; [0720] a plurality of R.sub.C11 are mutually the same or different; [0721] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of a plurality of R.sub.C11 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0722] a plurality of R.sub.C12 are mutually the same or different; [0723] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of a plurality of R.sub.C12 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [0724] R.sub.C11 and R.sub.C12 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0725] In the compound represented by the formula (C1), at least one of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, or Ar.sub.313 is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) below.

[0726] In the compound represented by the formula (C11), at least one of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, or Ar.sub.113 is preferably a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) below.

##STR00051##

[0727] In the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e): [0728] X.sub.21 is NR.sub.21, CR.sub.22R.sub.23, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [0729] when a plurality of X.sub.21 are present, the plurality of X.sub.21 are mutually the same or different; [0730] when X.sub.21 is CR.sub.22R.sub.23, a combination of R.sub.22 and R.sub.23 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0731] R.sub.21, and R.sub.22 and R.sub.23 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0732] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.211 to R.sub.218 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0733] R.sub.211 to R.sub.218 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [0734] * in the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) are each independently a bonding position to L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, L.sub.D3, L.sub.A1, L.sub.A2, and L.sub.A3.

[0735] Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 not being a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) are each independently preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group.

[0736] In the compound represented by the formula (C1), it is also preferable that two of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining one of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0737] In the compound represented by the formula (C11), it is also preferable that two of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 are each a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining one of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0738] In the compound represented by the formula (C1), it is also preferable that one of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 is a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining two of Ar.sub.311, Ar.sub.312, and Ar.sub.313 are each a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0739] In the compound represented by the formula (C11), it is also preferable that one of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 is a group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the formulae (21a), (21b), (21c), (21d), and (21e) and the remaining two of Ar.sub.111, Ar.sub.112, and Ar.sub.113 are each a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms.

[0740] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (C1) is a monoamine compound.

Second Organic Material

[0741] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (C1) and a compound represented by the formula (C3).

[0742] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (C1) or a compound represented by the formula (C3).

[0743] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by a formula (cHT2-3) below.

##STR00052##

[0744] In the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3): [0745] Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, and Ar.sub.124 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0746] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0747] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0748] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; [0749] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; [0750] L.sub.A1, L.sub.A2, L.sub.A3, L.sub.B1, L.sub.B2, L.sub.B3, and L.sub.B4 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0751] nb is 1, 2, 3 or 4; [0752] when nb is 1, L.sub.B5 is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0753] when nb is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.B5 are mutually the same or different; [0754] when nb is 2, 3, or 4, a plurality of L.sub.B5 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0755] L.sub.B5 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0756] a combination of R.sub.A35 and R.sub.A36 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0757] R.sub.A25, and R.sub.A35 and R.sub.A36 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0758] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.A20 to R.sub.A24 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0759] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.A30 to R.sub.A34 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0760] R.sub.A20 to R.sub.A24 and R.sub.A30 to R.sub.A34 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0761] a plurality of R.sub.A20 are mutually the same or different; [0762] a plurality of R.sub.A30 are mutually the same or different; [0763] R.sub.901 to R.sub.904 in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0764] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0765] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0766] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; and [0767] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

[0768] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a first amino group represented by a formula (c21) below and a second amino group represented by a formula (c22) below in the compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3) are an identical group or different groups.

##STR00053##

[0769] In the formulae (c21) and (c22), * each represent a bonding position to L.sub.B5.

[0770] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7).

[0771] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a plurality of Rce are mutually the same or different, and a plurality of R.sub.C7 are mutually the same or different.

[0772] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, when a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT2-1) and (cHT2-2) are each a monoamine compound.

[0773] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, when a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), the compound represented by the formulae (cHT2-3) is a diamine compound.

[0774] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), or a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3).

[0775] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f) below.

[0776] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3), and at least one of Ar.sub.112, Ar.sub.113, Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, or Ar.sub.124 in the formulae (cHT2-1), (cHT2-2), and (cHT2-3) has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

##STR00054##

[0777] In the formula (2-a): [0778] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.251 to R.sub.255 are bonded to each other; [0779] R.sub.251 to R.sub.255 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and [0780] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00055##

[0781] In the formula (2-b): [0782] one of R.sub.261 to R.sub.268 is a single bond with *b; [0783] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.261 to R.sub.268 not being the single bond with *b are bonded to each other; [0784] R.sub.261 to R.sub.268 not being the single bond with *b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0785] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00056##

[0786] In the formula (2-c): [0787] one of R.sub.271 to R.sub.282 is a single bond with *c; [0788] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.271 to R.sub.282 not being the single bond with *c are bonded to each other; [0789] R.sub.271 to R.sub.282 not being the single bond with *c are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0790] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00057##

[0791] In the formula (2-d): [0792] one of R.sub.291 to R.sub.300 is a single bond with *d; [0793] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.291 to R.sub.300 not being the single bond with *d are bonded to each other; [0794] R.sub.291 to R.sub.300 not being the single bond with *d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0795] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00058##

[0796] In the formula (2-e): [0797] Z.sub.3 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR.sub.319, or C(R.sub.320)(R.sub.321); [0798] one of R.sub.311 to R.sub.321 is a single bond with *e, or one of carbon atoms of a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring below formed by mutually bonding a combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 is bonded to *e by a single bond; [0799] a combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 not being the single bond with *e are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, or not mutually bonded; [0800] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 not being the single bond with *e and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 10 ring atoms; [0801] R.sub.319 not being the single bond with *e is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; [0802] a combination of R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0803] R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e, not forming the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0804] ** represents a bonding position.

##STR00059##

[0805] In the formula (2-f): [0806] one of R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 is a single bond with *h1, and another one of R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 is a single bond with *h2; [0807] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 are bonded to each other; [0808] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.351 to R.sub.355 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0809] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.361 to R.sub.365 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0810] R.sub.341 to R.sub.345 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 as well as R.sub.351 to R.sub.355 and R.sub.361 to R.sub.365 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0811] ** represents a bonding position.

[0812] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f) are each independently bonded directly, through a phenylene group, or through a biphenylene group to a nitrogen atom of an amino group of the monoamine compound.

[0813] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0814] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, and a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f) are each independently bonded directly, through a phenylene group, or through a biphenylene group to a nitrogen atom of an amino group of the monoamine compound.

[0815] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1) and at least one of Ar.sub.112 or Ar.sub.113 is a group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0816] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2) and at least one of Ar.sub.112 or Ar.sub.113 is a group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0817] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3) and at least one of Ar.sub.121, Ar.sub.122, Ar.sub.123, or Ar.sub.124 is a group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0818] In the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, when Z.sub.3 in the formula (2-e) is NR.sub.319, R.sub.312 or R.sub.317 is preferably a single bond with *e.

[0819] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the group represented by the formula (2-e) is a group represented by a formula (2-e7) below.

##STR00060##

[0820] In the formula (2-e7), R.sub.311 to R.sub.316, R.sub.318, and R.sub.319 respectively represent the same as R.sub.311 to R.sub.316, R.sub.318, and R.sub.319 in the formula (2-e), and ** represents a bonding position.

[0821] In the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, when Z.sub.3 in the formula (2-e) is NR.sub.319, R.sub.315, R.sub.316, or R.sub.318 is also preferably a single bond with *e.

[0822] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the group represented by the formula (2-e) is a group represented by a formula (2-e4), (2-e5), or (2-e6) below.

##STR00061##

[0823] In the formulae (2-e4), (2-e5), and (2-66), R.sub.311 to R.sub.319 respectively represent 5 the same as R.sub.311 to R.sub.319 in the formula (2-e), and ** represents a bonding position.

[0824] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the group represented by the formula (2-e) is a group represented by a formula (2-e1), (2-e2), or (2-e3) below.

##STR00062##

[0825] In the formulae (2-e1), (2-e2), and (2-e3): [0826] Z.sub.3 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR.sub.319, or C(R.sub.320)(R.sub.321); [0827] one of R.sub.311 to R.sub.325 is a single bond with *e; [0828] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 and R.sub.322 to R.sub.325 not being the single bond with *e are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 10 ring atoms; [0829] R.sub.319 not being the single bond with *e is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; [0830] a combination of R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0831] R.sub.320 and R.sub.321 not being the single bond with *e, not forming the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0832] ** represents a bonding position.

[0833] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, ** in the formulae (2-a), (2-b), (2-c), (2-d), (2-e), (2-f), (2-e1), (2-e2), and (2-e3) are each independently a bonding position to L.sub.A2, L.sub.A3, L.sub.B1, L.sub.B2, L.sub.B3, or L.sub.B4 or a bonding position to a nitrogen atom of an amino group.

[0834] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

[0835] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the second organic material n.sub.2 is 1.8 or more. When the refractive index of the second organic material is increased, the refractive index of the second anode-side organic layer is increased and the refractive index difference between the second anode-side organic layer and the third anode-side organic layer is increased to improve the light extraction efficiency.

[0836] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, an ionization potential of the second organic material is 5.7 eV or less.

[0837] Herein, the ionization potential of a compound is measured using a photoelectron spectrometer under atmosphere. Specifically, the ionization potential of a compound can be measured by the method described in Examples.

Third Organic Material

[0838] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third anode-side organic layer contains a compound represented by the formula (C1).

[0839] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third organic layer is a compound represented by the formula (C1).

[0840] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-11), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-31), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4) below.

##STR00063## ##STR00064## ##STR00065##

[0841] In the formulae (cHT3-11), (cHT3-2), (CHT3-31), and (cHT3-4): [0842] Ar.sub.311 is a group represented by one of a formula (1-a), a formula (1-b), a formula (1-c), and a formula (1-d) below; [0843] Ar.sub.312 and Ar.sub.313 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.C1)(R.sub.C2)(R.sub.C3); [0844] R.sub.C1, R.sub.C2, and R.sub.C3 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [0845] when a plurality of R.sub.C1 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C1 are mutually the same or different; [0846] when a plurality of R.sub.C2 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C2 are mutually the same or different; [0847] when a plurality of R.sub.C3 are present, the plurality of R.sub.C3 are mutually the same or different; [0848] L.sub.D1, L.sub.D2, and L.sub.D3 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0849] one of R.sub.D26 to R.sub.D29 is a single bond with L.sub.D1 and *k represents a bonding position; [0850] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D21 to R.sub.D24, and R.sub.D26 to R.sub.D29 not being the single bond with L.sub.D1 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0851] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D31 to R.sub.D38 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0852] one of R.sub.D47 to R.sub.D50 is a single bond with L.sub.D1 and *m represents a bonding position; [0853] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.D41 to R.sub.D44, and R.sub.D47 to R.sub.D50 not being the single bond with L.sub.D1 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0854] X.sub.31 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or C(R.sub.D45) (R.sub.D46); [0855] a combination of R.sub.D45 and R.sub.D46 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0856] R.sub.D25, and R.sub.D21 to R.sub.D24, R.sub.D26 to R.sub.D29, R.sub.D31 to R.sub.D38, and R.sub.D41 to R.sub.D50 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0857] R.sub.901 to R.sub.904 in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-11), (cHT3-2), (cHT3-31), and (cHT3-4) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0858] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0859] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0860] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; and [0861] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

##STR00066##

[0862] In the formula (1-a): [0863] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.51 to R.sub.55 are bonded to each other; [0864] R.sub.51 to R.sub.55 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and [0865] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

##STR00067##

[0866] In the formula (1-b): [0867] one of R.sub.61 to Res is a single bond with *b; [0868] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 not being the single bond with *b are bonded to each other; [0869] R.sub.61 to R.sub.68 not being the single bond with *b are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0870] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

##STR00068##

[0871] In the formula (1-c): [0872] one of R.sub.71 to Rao is a single bond with *d; [0873] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.71 to Rao not being the single bond with *d are bonded to each other; [0874] R.sub.71 to Rao not being the single bond with *d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0875] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

##STR00069##

[0876] In the formula (1-d): [0877] one of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 is a single bond with *h1, and another one of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 is a single bond with *h2; [0878] none of a combination(s) of adjacent two or more of R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 are bonded to each other; [0879] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.151 to R.sub.155 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0880] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.161 to R.sub.165 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [0881] R.sub.141 to R.sub.145 not being the single bond with *h1 and not being the single bond with *h2 as well as R.sub.151 to R.sub.155 and R.sub.161 to R.sub.165 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 12 ring carbon atoms; and [0882] ** represents a bonding position to L.sub.D1.

[0883] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-11), (cHT3-2), (cHT3-31), and (cHT3-4) is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), in which R.sub.C6 and R.sub.C7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a plurality of Rce are mutually the same or different, and a plurality of R.sub.C7 are mutually the same or different.

[0884] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, when a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group is not a group represented by N(R.sub.C6)(R.sub.C7), the compounds represented by the formulae (cHT3-11), (cHT3-2), (CHT3-31), and (cHT3-4) are each a monoamine compound.

[0885] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third organic material is a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-11), a compound represented by the formula (CHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-31), or a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4).

[0886] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0887] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the third organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

[0888] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the second anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3), and the third anode-side organic layer contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-11), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-2), a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-31), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT3-4).

[0889] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the third organic material is 1.85 or less.

[0890] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the third organic material is 1.80 or less.

First Organic Material

[0891] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material contained in the first anode-side organic layer is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (C1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1), a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), and a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-3).

[0892] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material contained in the first anode-side organic layer is a monoamine compound.

[0893] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f).

[0894] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a monoamine compound having one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, and a group represented by the formula (2-a), a group represented by the formula (2-b), a group represented by the formula (2-c), a group represented by the formula (2-d), a group represented by the formula (2-e), and a group represented by the formula (2-f) are each independently bonded directly, through a phenylene group, or through a biphenylene group to a nitrogen atom of an amino group of the monoamine compound.

[0895] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1) and a compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2).

[0896] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the compound represented by the formula (cHT2-1) and the compound represented by the formula (cHT2-2), as the first organic material, are each a monoamine compound.

[0897] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

Seventh Organic Material

[0898] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the seventh organic material and the third organic material are mutually different compounds.

[0899] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the seventh organic material is a compound different from the first organic material, the second organic material, the third organic material, the fourth material, the fifth material, and the sixth material.

[0900] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth anode-side organic layer contains a compound represented by the formula (C1) or a compound represented by the formula (C3).

[0901] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, although the third anode-side organic layer and the fourth anode-side organic layer may each contain a compound represented by the formula (C1), the compound contained in the third anode-side organic layer and the compound contained in the fourth anode-side organic layer are mutually different in molecular structure.

[0902] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where the fourth anode-side organic layer is an electron blocking layer, a compound contained in the electron blocking layer (the seventh organic material) is, for instance, a known compound used for the electron blocking layer and is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic amine compound and a carbazole derivative. The compound contained in the electron blocking layer may be a monoamine compound. The compound contained in the electron blocking layer may be a compound having a substituted or unsubstituted carbazolyl group and one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0903] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the seventh organic material is a compound having no thiophene ring in a molecule.

[0904] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer contain one or more compounds different from each other.

[0905] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer each independently contain a monoamine compound having only one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0906] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, and the fourth anode-side organic layer contain no diamine compound.

[0907] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, at least one of the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, the third anode-side organic layer, or the fourth anode-side organic layer may also contain a diamine compound. The compound represented by the formula (C3) is preferably a diamine compound.

[0908] In the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, and R.sub.904 in a compound contained in each layer of the first hole transporting zone are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0909] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0910] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0911] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; and [0912] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different.

[0913] In the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

[0914] In the organic EL devices according to the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the hole transporting zone material may be a compound having a substituted or unsubstituted 3-carbazolyl group in a molecule. Moreover, in the organic EL devices according to the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the hole transporting zone material may be a compound not having a substituted or unsubstituted 3-carbazolyl group in a molecule.

Method of Producing Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0915] The hole transporting zone material according to the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments can be produced by a known method or through a known alternative reaction using a known material(s) tailored for the target compound in accordance with the known method.

Specific Examples of Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0916] Specific examples of the hole transporting zone material according to the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

Acceptor Material

[0917] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices according to the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, an acceptor material has at least one of a first cyclic structure represented by a formula (P11) below or a second cyclic structure represented by a formula (P12) below.

##STR00070##

[0918] The first cyclic structure represented by the formula (P11) is fused, in a molecule of the acceptor material, to at least one cyclic structure of a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms, and a structure represented by =X.sub.10 is represented by a formula (11a), (11b), (11c), (11d), (11e), (11f), (11g), (11h), (11i), (11j), (11k) or (11m) below.

##STR00071## ##STR00072##

[0919] In the formula (11a), (11b), (11c), (11d), (11e), (11f), (11g), (11h), (11i), (11j), (11k) or (11m): [0920] R.sub.11 to R.sub.14 and R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[0921] In the formula (P12): [0922] X.sub.1 to X.sub.5 are each independently a nitrogen atom, a carbon atom bonded to R.sub.15, or a carbon atom bonded to another atom in a molecule of the acceptor material; [0923] at least one of X.sub.1 to X.sub.5 is a carbon atom bonded to another atom in the molecule of the acceptor material; [0924] R.sub.15 is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl halide group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted ester group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a nitro group, and a substituted or unsubstituted siloxanyl group; and [0925] when a plurality of R.sub.15 are present, the plurality of R.sub.15 are mutually the same or different.

[0926] In the acceptor material, R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [0927] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [0928] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [0929] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [0930] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [0931] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [0932] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [0933] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[0934] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the acceptor material has at least one cyano group.

[0935] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first anode-side organic layer contains the first organic material. The acceptor and the first organic material are mutually different.

[0936] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a content of the acceptor material in the first anode-side organic layer is less than 50 mass %.

[0937] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the acceptor material in the first anode-side organic layer is 10 mass % or less, or 5 mass % or less.

[0938] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the content of the acceptor material in the first anode-side organic layer is in a range from 1 mass % to 3 mass %.

[0939] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the acceptor material and the first organic material are compounds different from the third organic material.

[0940] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the first organic material and the second organic material may be mutually different compounds or an identical compound.

[0941] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where the first anode-side organic layer contains the acceptor material and the first organic material, a content of the first organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is preferably 40 mass % or more, more preferably 45 mass % or more, and still more preferably 50 mass % or more. The content of the first organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is preferably 99.5 mass % or less. The total of the content of the acceptor material and the content of the first organic material in the first anode-side organic layer is 100 mass % or less.

[0942] In the acceptor material, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

[0943] Specific examples of the acceptor material include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

Additive Material

[0944] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth material, the fifth material, and the sixth material as the additive material are each independently an organic material or a metal atom-containing material.

[0945] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth material as the additive material is a material such that the refractive index of the second anode-side organic layer satisfies both of the numerical formulae (Numerical Formula NX1 and Numerical Formula NX2).

[0946] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fifth material as the additive material is a material such that the refractive index of the third anode-side organic layer satisfies both of the numerical formulae (Numerical Formula NX1 and Numerical Formula NX3).

[0947] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the fifth material is 1.80 or less.

[0948] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the refractive index of the fifth material is 1.78 or less.

[0949] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the sixth material as the additive material is a material that causes the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer to satisfy the numerical formula (Numerical Formula NX6).

[0950] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the additive material is an organic material.

[0951] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the organic material as the additive material is an amine compound having at least one substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule, or a non-amine compound not having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group in a molecule.

[0952] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the organic material as the additive material is an amine compound having a thiophene ring.

[0953] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where an amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, a content of the amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 10 mass % or more, more preferably 20 mass % or more.

[0954] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where the amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, the content of the amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 50 mass % or less.

[0955] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where a non-amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, a content of the non-amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 5 mass % or more, more preferably 10 mass % or more, and still more preferably 20 mass % or more.

[0956] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, in a case where the non-amine compound as the additive material is contained in the anode-side organic layers of the first hole transporting zone, the content of the non-amine compound in each of the anode-side organic layers is preferably 50 mass % or less.

[0957] Specific examples of the fourth material and the six material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

[0958] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the additive material is a metal atom-containing material.

[0959] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the metal atom-containing material is exemplified by a compound having a perovskite structure (perovskite compound). In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, a perovskite compound as the metal atom-containing material is represented by a formula ABX.sub.3 in which A and B are each a cation and X is an anion. For instance, A is CH.sub.3NH.sub.3 (CH.sub.3NH.sub.3 is sometimes referred to as MA hereinafter), CH(NH.sub.2).sub.2, Cs, or a mixture thereof; B is Pb, Sn, or a mixture thereof; and X is Cl, Br, I, or a mixture thereof. The perovskite compound as the metal atom-containing material is exemplified by CH.sub.3NH.sub.3PbBr.sub.3. A refractive index of CH.sub.3NH.sub.3PbBr.sub.3 at 460 nm is 2.3.

[0960] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the metal atom-containing material is a metal oxide. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the metal oxide as the metal atom-containing material is exemplified by zinc oxide (ZnO).

[0961] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the fourth material as the additive material is a perovskite compound or zinc oxide (ZnO).

[0962] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the sixth material as the additive material is a perovskite compound or zinc oxide (ZnO).

[0963] Specific examples of the fifth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments include the compounds listed in, for instance, the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments described later.

Common Arrangement (3) Among all Exemplary Embodiments

[0964] Regarding the common arrangement (3) among all the exemplary embodiments, an arrangement applicable to each of the exemplary embodiments (the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, the third exemplary embodiment, the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment) described herein and modifications of each of the exemplary embodiments will be described below.

[0965] In the monoamine compound and the diamine compound, a nitrogen atom of an amino group is not a ring atom. When a nitrogen atom is a ring atom in a carbazole ring, an azine ring, and the like, the nitrogen atom is not a nitrogen atom as an amino group.

[0966] For instance, a compound HT-X below has two nitrogen atoms in a molecule: one nitrogen atom in the compound HT-X is a ring atom of a carbazole ring and the other nitrogen atom is not a ring atom but a nitrogen atom as an amino group. The compound HT-X is a compound having a structure in which a 9-phenyl-3-carbazolyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom of an amino group via a linking group, that is, a monoamine compound.

[0967] A compound HT-Y below is also a compound having a structure in which a 9-carbazolyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom of an amino group via a linking group, that is, a monoamine compound.

##STR00073##

Specific Examples of Hole Transporting Zone Material

[0968] Specific examples of the hole transporting zone material according to each of the exemplary embodiments include compounds below. However, the invention is by no means limited to the specific examples.

##STR00074## ##STR00075## ##STR00076## ##STR00077## ##STR00078## ##STR00079## ##STR00080## ##STR00081## ##STR00082## ##STR00083## ##STR00084## ##STR00085## ##STR00086## ##STR00087##

##STR00088## ##STR00089## ##STR00090## ##STR00091## ##STR00092## ##STR00093## ##STR00094## ##STR00095## ##STR00096## ##STR00097## ##STR00098## ##STR00099## ##STR00100## ##STR00101## ##STR00102## ##STR00103## ##STR00104## ##STR00105## ##STR00106## ##STR00107## ##STR00108## ##STR00109## ##STR00110## ##STR00111##

##STR00112## ##STR00113## ##STR00114## ##STR00115## ##STR00116## ##STR00117## ##STR00118## ##STR00119## ##STR00120## ##STR00121## ##STR00122## ##STR00123## ##STR00124## ##STR00125## ##STR00126## ##STR00127## ##STR00128## ##STR00129## ##STR00130## ##STR00131## ##STR00132## ##STR00133## ##STR00134## ##STR00135## ##STR00136## ##STR00137## ##STR00138## ##STR00139## ##STR00140## ##STR00141## ##STR00142## ##STR00143## ##STR00144## ##STR00145##

##STR00146## ##STR00147## ##STR00148## ##STR00149## ##STR00150## ##STR00151## ##STR00152## ##STR00153## ##STR00154## ##STR00155## ##STR00156## ##STR00157## ##STR00158## ##STR00159## ##STR00160## ##STR00161## ##STR00162## ##STR00163## ##STR00164## ##STR00165## ##STR00166## ##STR00167## ##STR00168## ##STR00169## ##STR00170## ##STR00171## ##STR00172## ##STR00173## ##STR00174## ##STR00175## ##STR00176## ##STR00177## ##STR00178## ##STR00179##

##STR00180## ##STR00181## ##STR00182## ##STR00183## ##STR00184## ##STR00185## ##STR00186## ##STR00187## ##STR00188## ##STR00189## ##STR00190## ##STR00191## ##STR00192## ##STR00193## ##STR00194## ##STR00195## ##STR00196## ##STR00197## ##STR00198## ##STR00199## ##STR00200## ##STR00201## ##STR00202##

##STR00203## ##STR00204## ##STR00205## ##STR00206## ##STR00207## ##STR00208## ##STR00209## ##STR00210## ##STR00211## ##STR00212## ##STR00213## ##STR00214## ##STR00215## ##STR00216## ##STR00217## ##STR00218## ##STR00219## ##STR00220## ##STR00221## ##STR00222## ##STR00223## ##STR00224## ##STR00225## ##STR00226## ##STR00227## ##STR00228##

##STR00229## ##STR00230## ##STR00231## ##STR00232## ##STR00233## ##STR00234## ##STR00235## ##STR00236## ##STR00237## ##STR00238## ##STR00239## ##STR00240## ##STR00241## ##STR00242## ##STR00243## ##STR00244## ##STR00245## ##STR00246## ##STR00247## ##STR00248##

##STR00249## ##STR00250## ##STR00251## ##STR00252## ##STR00253## ##STR00254## ##STR00255## ##STR00256## ##STR00257## ##STR00258## ##STR00259## ##STR00260## ##STR00261## ##STR00262## ##STR00263## ##STR00264##

##STR00265## ##STR00266## ##STR00267## ##STR00268## ##STR00269## ##STR00270## ##STR00271## ##STR00272## ##STR00273## ##STR00274## ##STR00275##

##STR00276## ##STR00277## ##STR00278## ##STR00279## ##STR00280## ##STR00281## ##STR00282## ##STR00283## ##STR00284##

##STR00285## ##STR00286## ##STR00287## ##STR00288## ##STR00289## ##STR00290## ##STR00291## ##STR00292## ##STR00293## ##STR00294## ##STR00295## ##STR00296##

##STR00297## ##STR00298## ##STR00299## ##STR00300## ##STR00301## ##STR00302## ##STR00303## ##STR00304## ##STR00305## ##STR00306## ##STR00307## ##STR00308## ##STR00309## ##STR00310## ##STR00311## ##STR00312## ##STR00313##

##STR00314## ##STR00315## ##STR00316## ##STR00317## ##STR00318## ##STR00319## ##STR00320## ##STR00321## ##STR00322## ##STR00323##

##STR00324## ##STR00325## ##STR00326## ##STR00327## ##STR00328## ##STR00329## ##STR00330## ##STR00331## ##STR00332## ##STR00333## ##STR00334##

##STR00335## ##STR00336## ##STR00337## ##STR00338## ##STR00339## ##STR00340## ##STR00341## ##STR00342## ##STR00343##

##STR00344## ##STR00345## ##STR00346## ##STR00347## ##STR00348## ##STR00349## ##STR00350## ##STR00351##

[0969] The compound (first organic material) contained in the first anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the compound (first organic material) contained in the first anode-side organic layer and the compound (second organic material) contained in the second anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are preferably each independently at least one compound selected from compounds listed below.

##STR00352## ##STR00353## ##STR00354## ##STR00355## ##STR00356## ##STR00357## ##STR00358##

[0970] The compound (first organic material) contained in the first anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the compound (first organic material) contained in the first anode-side organic layer and the compound (second organic material) contained in the second anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are more preferably each independently at least one compound selected from compounds listed below.

##STR00359## ##STR00360## ##STR00361## ##STR00362##

[0971] The compound (third organic material) contained in the second anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the compound (third organic material) contained in the third anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are preferably each independently at least one compound selected from compounds listed below.

##STR00363## ##STR00364## ##STR00365##

[0972] The compound (third organic material) contained in the second anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the compound (third organic material) contained in the third anode-side organic layer in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are more preferably each independently at least one compound selected from compounds listed below.

##STR00366## ##STR00367##

[0973] In the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, exemplary compounds listed as the compounds contained in one of the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer may overlap with exemplary compounds contained in the other of the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer; however, in the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments, as compounds usable in the first anode-side organic layer and the second anode-side organic layer, mutually different compounds can be appropriately selected from the exemplary compounds.

[0974] In the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments, the exemplary compounds listed as the compounds contained in one of the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer may be listed overlapping with exemplary compounds contained in the rest of the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer. However, mutually different compounds may be appropriately selected from the exemplary compounds as compounds usable in the first anode-side organic layer, the second anode-side organic layer, and the third anode-side organic layer in the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments.

Specific Examples of Second Organic Material and Acceptor Material

[0975] Specific examples of the second organic material in the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments and the acceptor material in the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments include compounds below. However, the invention is by no means limited to the specific examples of the second organic material and the acceptor material.

##STR00368## ##STR00369## ##STR00370## ##STR00371## ##STR00372## ##STR00373## ##STR00374## ##STR00375## ##STR00376##

##STR00377## ##STR00378## ##STR00379## ##STR00380## ##STR00381## ##STR00382## ##STR00383## ##STR00384## ##STR00385##

##STR00386## ##STR00387## ##STR00388## ##STR00389## ##STR00390## ##STR00391##

##STR00392## ##STR00393## ##STR00394## ##STR00395## ##STR00396## ##STR00397## ##STR00398## ##STR00399## ##STR00400## ##STR00401## ##STR00402##

Additive Material

[0976] The fourth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the fourth material and the sixth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are preferably each independently at least one compound selected from compounds listed below.

##STR00403## ##STR00404## ##STR00405## ##STR00406## ##STR00407## ##STR00408## ##STR00409##

[0977] The fifth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the fifth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are preferably each independently at least one compound selected from compounds listed below.

##STR00410## ##STR00411## ##STR00412## ##STR00413## ##STR00414## ##STR00415## ##STR00416## ##STR00417## ##STR00418## ##STR00419##

[0978] The fifth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the first, second, and third exemplary embodiments as well as the fifth material as the additive material in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL devices of the fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments are each a fluorine resin.

[0979] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each of the exemplary embodiments (i.e., the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth exemplary embodiments), the fifth material as the additive material is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), tetrafluoroethylene/perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer (PFA), tetrafluoroethylene/hexafluoropropylene copolymer (FEP), tetrafluoroethylene/ethylene copolymer (ETFE), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE) and chlorotrifluoroethylene/ethylene copolymer (ECTFE).

[0980] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first anode-side organic layer contains poly(alkylene dioxythiophene) and at least one fluorine-containing colloid-forming polymeric acid. Poly(alkylene dioxythiophene) is poly(3,4-dioxythiophene). The fluorine-containing colloid-forming polymeric acid is a fluorine-containing polymer sulfonic acid, a fluorine-containing polymer carboxylic acid, a fluorine-containing polymer phosphoric acid, a fluorine-containing polymer acrylic acid, or a mixture thereof. The fluorine-containing colloid-forming polymeric acid is preferably a perfluorinated polymeric acid.

[0981] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a colloid-forming polymeric acid is insoluble in water, and forms a colloid when dispersed in an aqueous medium. A molecular weight of a polymer acid is typically in a range from approximately 10,000 to approximately 4,000,000. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a molecular weight of a polymer acid is in a range from approximately 100,000 to approximately 2,000,000. A diameter of a colloid particle is typically in a range from 2 nm to approximately 140 nm. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a diameter of a colloid particle is in a range from 2 nm to approximately 30 nm. Any polymer acid capable of forming a colloid when dispersed in water is preferable. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the colloid-forming polymeric acid is a polymer sulfonic acid. Examples of another usable polymer acid include a polymer phosphoric acid, a polymer carboxylic acid, a polymer acrylic acid, and a mixture thereof. The mixture is exemplified by a mixture containing a polymer sulfonic acid. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the colloid-forming polymer sulfonic acid is perfluorinated. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the colloid-forming polymer sulfonic acid is a perfluoro alkylene sulfonic acid.

[0982] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the colloid-forming polymeric acid is a highly-fluorinated sulfonate polymer (FSA polymer). The wording highly-fluorinated means that: fluorine atoms account for at least approximately 50% of the total of halogens and hydrogen atoms contained in a polymer; fluorine atoms account for at least approximately 75% thereof in another exemplary embodiment; and fluorine atoms account for at least approximately 90% thereof in still another exemplary embodiment. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the polymer is perfluorinated. A term sulfonate functional group means either a sulfonate group or a salt of a sulfonate group. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the term means either an alkali metal or an ammonium salt. The sulfonate functional group is represented by a formula SO.sub.3X (where X represents a cation, which is also known as counterion). X may be H, Li, Na, K, or N(R.sub.1)(R.sub.2)(R.sub.3)(R.sub.4), in which R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 may be mutually the same or different. R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sup.4 are each independently H, CH.sub.3 or C.sub.2H.sub.5. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, X is H. In such a case, the polymer is said to be in an acid form. X may be polyvalent as represented by an ion such as Ca.sup.++ and Al.sup.+++. When a polyvalent counterion as generally represented by Mn.sup.+ is concerned, those skilled in the art will clearly understand that the number of sulfonate functional groups per counterion is equal to the valence number n of the counterion.

[0983] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the FSA polymer has a polymer main chain to which repeating side chains having a cation-exchange group are bonded. The polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer of two or more monomers. A copolymer is typically formed including a non-functionalized monomer and a second monomer having a cation-exchange group or its precursor such as a sulfonyl fluoride group (SO.sub.2F) that can be subsequently hydrolyzed to a sulfonate functional group. For instance, a copolymer of a first fluorinated vinyl monomer and a second fluorinated vinyl monomer having a sulfonyl fluoride group (SO.sub.2F) may be used as the copolymer. Examples of possible monomers as the first fluorinated vinyl monomer include tetrafluoroethylene (TFE), hexafluoropropylene, fluorinated vinyl, fluorinated vinylidene, trifluoroethylene, chlorotrifluoroethylene, perfluoro (alkyl vinyl ether) and a combination thereof. TFE is preferable as the first fluorinated vinyl monomer.

[0984] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, examples of possible monomers as the second monomer include fluorinated vinyl ether having a sulfonate functional group or a precursor group, the groups being capable of providing a desirable side chain to the polymer. An additional monomer may be incorporated into the above polymers as necessary. The additional monomer is at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of ethylene, propylene and RCHCH.sub.2 (where R is a perfluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). The polymer may be a copolymer that is herein referred to as a random copolymer, i.e., a copolymer produced by polymerization where a relative concentration of the comonomer is kept as constant as possible so that a distribution of monomer units along a polymer chain consequently corresponds to relative concentrations and relative reactivity of the monomer units. A less random copolymer produced by changing the relative concentrations of monomers during polymerization may also be used. Such a polymer, which is referred to as a block copolymer, as disclosed in JP Patent Publication No. 2003-297582 may also be used.

[0985] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the FSA polymer includes a highly-fluorinated carbon main chain, which may be perfluorinated in an exemplary arrangement, and a side chain represented by a formula (FP1) below.

(OCF.sub.2CFR.sub.f).sub.aOCF.sub.2CFR.sub.fSO.sub.3X(FP1)

[0986] In the formula (FP1): R.sub.f and R.sub.f are each independently F, Cl, or a perfluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; a is 0, 1, or 2; and X is H, Li, Na, K, or N(R.sub.1)(R.sub.2)(R.sub.3)(R.sub.4), in which R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sub.4 are mutually the same or different, and R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, and R.sup.4 are each independently H, CH.sub.3 or C.sub.2H.sub.5. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, X in the formula (FP1) is H. Further, in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, X in the formula (FP1) is polyvalent as described above.

[0987] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, examples of the FSA polymer include polymers disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,282,875, 4,358,545, and 4,940,525. The FSA polymer is preferably exemplified by a polymer having a perfluorocarbon main chain and a side chain represented by a formula (FP2) below.

OCF.sub.2CF(CF.sub.3)OCF.sub.2CF.sub.2SO.sub.3X(FP2) [0988] where X in the formula (FP2) represents the same as X the formula (FP1).

[0989] The above type of the FSA polymer, which is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,282,875, can be produced by: copolymerizing tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and perfluorinated vinyl ether CF.sub.2CFOCF.sub.2CF(CF.sub.3)OCF.sub.2CF.sub.2SO.sub.2F (perfluoro (3,6-dioxa-4-methyl-7-octene sulfonyl fluoride)) (PDMOF); subsequently converting the sulfonyl fluoride group into a sulfonate group by hydrolysis; and converting the obtained group into a desired ion form by ion exchange as necessary. Such a polymer as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,358,545 and 4,940,525 has the side chains represented by OCF.sub.2CF.sub.2SO.sub.3X where X is defined as above. This polymer can be produced by copolymerizing tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and perfluorinated vinyl ether CF.sub.2CFOCF.sub.2CF.sub.2SO.sub.2F (perfluoro (3-oxa-4-pentene sulfonyl fluoride)) (POPF), followed by hydrolysis and, as necessary, further ion exchange.

[0990] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the FSA polymer typically has an ion-exchange ratio of less than approximately 33. The ion-exchange ratio or IXR herein is defined as the number of carbon atoms included in a polymer main chains which are relevant to a cation-exchange group. IXR may be changed within a range of less than approximately 33 to be suitable for a specific use. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of exemplary embodiment, IXR is in a range from approximately 3 to approximately 33. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of exemplary embodiment, IXR is in a range from approximately 8 to approximately 23.

[0991] Cation-exchange capacity of a polymer is often represented in equivalent weight (EW). The equivalent weight (EW) is defined as a weight of a polymer in an acid form required for neutralizing 1 equivalent weight of sodium hydrate. When a polymer is a sulfonate polymer that has a perfluorocarbon main chain and side chains of OCF.sub.2CF(CF.sub.3)OCF.sub.2CF.sub.2SO.sub.3H (or a salt thereof), an equivalent-weight range corresponding to IXR in the range from approximately 8 to approximately 23 is from approximately 750 EW to approximately 1500 EW. IXR of this polymer can be associated with the equivalent weight by using a formula of 50 IXR+344=EW.

[0992] Although the same IXR range may be applied to, for instance, a sulfonate polymer disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,358,545 and 4,940,525, for instance, a polymer having the side chains of OCF.sub.2CF.sub.2SO.sub.3H (or a salt thereof), an equivalent weight thereof is slightly lower due to lower molecular weights of monomer units containing cation-exchange groups. A preferable IXR range from approximately 8 to approximately 23 corresponds to an equivalent weight range from approximately 575 EW to approximately 1325 EW. IXR of this polymer can be associated with the equivalent weight by using a formula of 50 IXR+178=EW.

[0993] FSA polymer is producible as a colloidal aqueous dispersion solution. The FSA polymer may be a dispersion solution in another medium. The medium, which is not limited, is exemplified by alcohol, water-soluble ether such as tetrahydrofuran, a mixture of water-soluble ether, and a combination thereof. In producing a dispersion solution, the polymer may be used in acid form. U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,433,082, 6,150,426, and International Publication No. 03/006537 each disclose a producing method of an aqueous alcoholic dispersion solution. After the dispersion solution is produced, a concentration and compositions of the dispersion solution can be adjusted by a method publicly known in the art.

[0994] An aqueous dispersion solution of a colloid-forming polymer acid such as the FSA polymer typically has a colloid having as small particle diameter as possible and as small EW as possible, as long as a stable colloid is formed.

[0995] An aqueous dispersion solution of the FSA polymer is commercially available as Nafion (Registered Trademark) dispersion solution from E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (Wilmington, DE).

Emitting Region

[0996] The emitting region is disposed between the hole transporting zone and the cathode. The emitting region includes at least one emitting layer. The organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment includes a first emitting region as the emitting region.

[0997] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting region includes the emitting layer containing a host material and a luminescent compound that emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[0998] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a full width at half maximum at the maximum peak of the luminescent compound is in a range from 1 nm to 30 nm.

First Emitting Layer

[0999] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a first emitting layer is included as the at least one emitting layer. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains a first host material. The first host material, which is not particularly limited, may be selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (H1) below, a compound represented by a formula (H10), a compound represented by a formula (H20), and a first compound described below.

[1000] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains a first luminescent compound. The first luminescent compound is not particularly limited.

[1001] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains the first host material and the first luminescent compound.

[1002] The first luminescent compound is preferably a compound that emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably a compound that emits light having a maximum peak wavelength in a range from 430 nm to 480 nm. The first luminescent compound is preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence having the maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence having the maximum peak wavelength in a range from 430 nm to 480 nm.

[1003] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains the first host material and the first luminescent compound that emits light having the maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[1004] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the full width at half maximum of the maximum peak of the first luminescent compound is in a range from 1 nm to 30 nm.

[1005] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first luminescent compound is a compound containing no azine ring structure in a molecule.

[1006] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first luminescent compound is preferably not a boron-containing complex, more preferably not a complex.

[1007] As a fluorescent compound that emits blue fluorescence and is usable for the first emitting layer, for instance, compounds such as a pyrene derivative, a styrylamine derivative, a chrysene derivative, a fluoranthene derivative, a fluorene derivative, a diamine derivative, and a triarylamine derivative may be used.

[1008] Herein, the blue light emission refers to a light emission in which a maximum peak wavelength of emission spectrum is in a range from 430 nm to 500 nm.

[1009] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting region includes two or more emitting layers.

[1010] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the first emitting region includes two or more emitting layers, the two or more emitting layers are each an emitting layer that emits fluorescence.

[1011] That is, in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, all the emitting layers included in the first emitting region emit fluorescence.

[1012] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains no metal complex. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains no boron-containing complex.

[1013] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains no phosphorescent material (dopant material).

[1014] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains no heavy-metal complex and no phosphorescent rare earth metal complex. Examples of the heavy-metal complex herein include an iridium complex, osmium complex, and platinum complex.

[1015] A method of measuring the maximum peak wavelength of the compound is as follows. A toluene solution of a measurement target compound at a concentration of 5 mol/L is prepared and put in a quartz cell. An emission spectrum (ordinate axis: luminous intensity, abscissa axis: wavelength) of the thus-obtained sample is measured at a normal temperature (300K). The emission spectrum can be measured using a spectrophotometer (apparatus name: F-7000) produced by Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation. It should be noted that the apparatus for measuring the emission spectrum is not limited to the apparatus used herein.

[1016] A peak wavelength of the emission spectrum exhibiting the maximum luminous intensity is defined as the maximum peak wavelength. Herein, the maximum peak wavelength of fluorescence is occasionally referred to as a maximum fluorescence peak wavelength (FL-peak).

[1017] In an emission spectrum of the first luminescent compound, where a peak exhibiting a maximum luminous intensity is defined as a maximum peak and a height of the maximum peak is defined as 1, heights of other peaks appearing in the emission spectrum are preferably less than 0.6. It should be noted that the peaks in the emission spectrum are defined as local maximum values.

[1018] Moreover, in the emission spectrum of the first luminescent compound, the number of peaks is preferably less than three.

[1019] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains 0.5 mass % or more of the first luminescent compound with respect to a total mass of the first emitting layer.

[1020] The first emitting layer contains the first luminescent compound preferably at 10 mass % or less, more preferably at 7 mass % or less, and still more preferably at 5 mass % less, with respect to the total mass of the first emitting layer.

[1021] Herein, the host material refers to, for instance, a material that accounts for 50 mass % or more of the layer.

[1022] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer contains the first host material preferably at 60 mass % or more, more preferably at 70 mass % or more, still more preferably at 80 mass % or more, still further more preferably at 90 mass % or more, and yet still further more preferably at 95 mass % or more, with respect to the total mass of the first emitting layer.

[1023] The first emitting layer preferably contains the first host material at 99.5 mass % or less with respect to the total mass of the first emitting layer.

[1024] When the first emitting layer contains the first host material and the first luminescent compound, the upper limit of a total of the content ratios of the first host material and the first luminescent compound is 100 mass %.

[1025] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer may further contain any other material than the first host material and the first luminescent compound.

[1026] The first emitting layer may contain a single type of the first host material or may contain two or more types of the first host material. The first emitting layer may contain a single type of the first luminescent compound or may contain two or more types of the first luminescent compound.

First Host Material

[1027] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material has at least one deuterium atom.

[1028] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material has no deuterium atom.

Compound Represented by Formula (H1)

[1029] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H1) below.

##STR00420##

[1030] In the formula (H1): [1031] R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O)R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1032] L.sub.301 and L.sub.302 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1033] Ar.sub.301 and Ar.sub.302 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1034] In the compound represented by the formula (H1), R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, R.sub.907, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1035] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1036] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1037] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [1038] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1039] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [1040] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; [1041] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different; [1042] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; and [1043] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different.

[1044] In an arrangement of the organic EL device according to each of the exemplary embodiments, Ar.sub.301 and Ar.sub.302 are each independently a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a diphenylfluorenyl group, a dimethylfluorenyl group, a benzodiphenylfluorenyl group, a benzodimethylfluorenyl group, a dibenzofuranyl group, a dibenzothienyl group, a naphthobenzofuranyl group, or a naphthobenzothienyl group.

[1045] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to each of the exemplary embodiments, L.sub.301 is a single bond or an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms; and Ar.sub.301 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms.

[1046] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903).

[1047] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 are each a hydrogen atom.

[1048] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is a single bond and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[1049] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is a single bond and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group.

[1050] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is a single bond and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted 1-naphthyl group.

[1051] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted p-phenylene group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[1052] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted m-phenylene group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[1053] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted o-phenylene group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[1054] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted p-phenylene group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted 1-naphthyl group.

[1055] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted p-phenylene group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group.

[1056] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted 1.4-naphthalenediyl group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted phenyl group.

[1057] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.302 is an unsubstituted m-phenylene group and Ar.sub.302 is an unsubstituted 2-naphthyl group.

[1058] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 each independently have at least one deuterium atom.

[1059] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, Ar.sub.301, and Ar.sub.302 each independently have at least one deuterium atom.

Compound Represented by Formula (H10)

[1060] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H10) below.

##STR00421##

[1061] In the formula (H10): Ar.sub.301, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, L.sub.301, and L.sub.302 each independently represent the same as Ar.sub.301, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, L.sub.301, and L.sub.302 in the formula (H1); [1062] X.sub.3 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1063] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of three R.sub.310 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1064] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.311 to R.sub.314 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; and [1065] R.sub.310 to R.sub.314 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1066] In the compound represented by the formula (H10), R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, and R.sub.907 each independently represent the same as R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, and R.sub.907 in the formula (H1).

[1067] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.311 to R.sub.314 in the formula (H10) are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.

[1068] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 each independently have at least one deuterium atom.

[1069] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, Ar.sub.301, and R.sub.310 to R.sub.314 each independently have at least one deuterium atom.

[1070] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H31), (H32) or (H33) below.

##STR00422##

[1071] In the formulae (H31), (H32) and (H33), X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, R.sub.310 to R.sub.314, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, and Ar.sub.301 each independently represent the same as X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, R.sub.310 to R.sub.314, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, and Ar.sub.301 in the formula (H10); and [1072] R.sub.321 to R.sub.324 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1073] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H301) or (H302) below.

##STR00423##

[1074] In the formulae (H301) and (H302), X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, R.sub.311 to R.sub.314, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, and Ar.sub.301 each independently represent the same as X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, R.sub.311 to R.sub.314, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, and Ar.sub.301 in the formula (H10); [1075] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.315 to R.sub.317 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1076] R.sub.315 to R.sub.317 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1077] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H311), (H312), (H321), (H322), (H331), or (H332) below.

##STR00424## ##STR00425##

[1078] In the formulae (H311), (H312), (H321), (H322), (H331) and (H332), X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, and Ar.sub.301 each independently represent the same as X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, L.sub.301, L.sub.302, and Ar.sub.301 in the formula (H10); and [1079] R.sub.311 to R.sub.317 and R.sub.321 to R.sub.324 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1080] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.301 and L.sub.302 of the first host material are each independently a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms.

[1081] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.301 and L.sub.302 of the first host material are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene group.

[1082] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.301 and L.sub.302 of the first host material are each a single bond.

[1083] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H313), (H314), (H323), (H324), (H333), or (H334) below.

##STR00426## ##STR00427##

[1084] In the formulae (H313), (H314), (H323), (H324), (H333) and (H334), X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, and Ar.sub.301 each independently represent the same as X.sub.3, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, and Ar.sub.301 in the formula (H10); and [1085] R.sub.311 to R.sub.317, and R.sub.321 to R.sub.324 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1086] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.311 to R.sub.317 and R.sub.321 to R.sub.324 of the first host material are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1087] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.311 to R.sub.317 and R.sub.321 to R.sub.324 of the first host material are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1088] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.301 of the first host material is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1089] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.301 of the first host material is a group represented by a formula (a1), (a2), (a3), or (a4) below.

##STR00428##

[1090] In the formulae (a1), (a2), (a3) and (a4): [1091] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.330 to R.sub.335 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1092] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.341 to R.sub.348 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1093] R.sub.330 to R.sub.335 and R.sub.341 to R.sub.348 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1094] a plurality of R.sub.330 are mutually the same or different; and [1095] * each represent a bonding position to L.sub.301.

[1096] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.301 of the first host material is a group represented by the formula (a1) or (a2).

[1097] In an exemplary embodiment of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.330 to R.sub.335 and R.sub.341 to R.sub.348 of the first host material are each a hydrogen atom.

[1098] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, X.sub.3 of the first host material is an oxygen atom.

[1099] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 of the first host material are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1100] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 of the first host material are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1101] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 of the first host material are each a hydrogen atom.

[1102] Compound Represented by Formula (H20) In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material is a compound represented by a formula (H20) below.

##STR00429##

[1103] In the formula (H20): R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by a formula (H21) below.

[Formula 280]

-L.sub.203-Ar.sub.203(H21)

[1104] In the formulae (H20) and (H21): [1105] L.sub.201, L.sub.202, and L.sub.203 are each independently a single bond, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; and [1106] Ar.sub.201, Ar.sub.202, and Ar.sub.203 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In the formula (H20), R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, and R.sub.97 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1107] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1108] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1109] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; [1110] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1111] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [1112] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [1113] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[1114] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.201, Ar.sub.202, and Ar.sub.203 are each independently a phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group, biphenyl group, terphenyl group, diphenylfluorenyl group, dimethylfluorenyl group, benzodiphenylfluorenyl group, benzodimethylfluorenyl group, dibenzofuranyl group, dibenzothienyl group, naphthobenzofuranyl group, or naphthobenzothienyl group.

[1115] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 each independently have at least one deuterium atom.

[1116] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, L.sub.201, L.sub.202, L.sub.203, Ar.sub.201, Ar.sub.202, and Ar.sub.203 each independently have at least one deuterium atom.

[1117] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (H20) is a compound represented by a formula (201), a formula (202), a formula (203), a formula (204), a formula (205), a formula (206), a formula (207), a formula (208), or a formula (209) below.

##STR00430## ##STR00431## ##STR00432##

[1118] In the formulae (201) to (209), L.sub.201 and Ar.sub.201 respectively represent the same as L.sub.201 and Ar.sub.201 in the formula (H20); and R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 each independently represent the same as R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 in the formula (H20).

[1119] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (H20) is a compound represented by a formula (221), a formula (222), a formula (223), a formula (224), a formula (225), a formula (226), a formula (227), a formula (228), or a formula (229) below.

##STR00433## ##STR00434## ##STR00435## ##STR00436## ##STR00437##

[1120] In the formulae (221), (222), (223), (224), (225), (226), (227), (228), and (229): [1121] R.sub.201 and R.sub.203 to R.sub.208 each independently represent the same as R.sub.201 and R.sub.203 to R.sub.208 in the formula (H20); [1122] L.sub.201 and Ar.sub.201 respectively represent the same as L.sub.201 and Ar.sub.201 in the formula (H20); [1123] L.sub.203 represents the same as Laos in the formula (H21); [1124] L.sub.203 and L.sub.201 are mutually the same or different; [1125] Ar.sub.203 represents the same as Ar.sub.203 in the formula (H21); and [1126] Ar.sub.203 and Ar.sub.201 are mutually the same or different.

[1127] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (H20) is a compound represented by a formula (241), a formula (242), a formula (243), a formula (244), a formula (245), a formula (246), a formula (247), a formula (248), or a formula (249) below.

##STR00438## ##STR00439## ##STR00440## ##STR00441## ##STR00442##

[1128] In the formulae (241), (242), (243), (244), (245), (246), (247), (248), and (249): [1129] R.sub.201, R.sub.202 and R.sub.204 to R.sub.208 each independently represent the same as R.sub.201, R.sub.202 and R.sub.204 to R.sub.208 in the formula (H20); [1130] L.sub.201 and Ar.sub.201 respectively represent the same as L.sub.201 and Ar.sub.201 in the formula (H20); [1131] L.sub.203 represents the same as L.sub.203 in the formula (H21); [1132] L.sub.203 and L.sub.201 are mutually the same or different; [1133] Ar.sub.203 represents the same as Ar.sub.203 in the formula (H21); and [1134] Ar.sub.203 and Ar.sub.201 are mutually the same or different.

[1135] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 in the formula (H20) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903).

[1136] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, in the formula (H20), L.sub.201 is a single bond or an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms and Ar.sub.201 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 22 ring carbon atoms.

[1137] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 that are substituents of an anthracene skeleton in the formula (H20) are preferably hydrogen atoms in terms of preventing inhibition of intermolecular interaction and inhibiting decrease in electron mobility. However, R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 may be a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1138] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the first emitting region at least includes the first emitting layer containing the first host material and the second emitting layer containing the second host material, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 that are substituents of an anthracene skeleton in the compound represented by the formula (H1) are preferably hydrogen atoms in terms of preventing inhibition of intermolecular interaction and inhibiting decrease in electron mobility. However, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 may be a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1139] An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may include the anode, the second emitting layer, the first emitting layer, and the cathode in this order. However, the order of the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer may be inversed.

[1140] For instance, in a case where the second emitting layer and the first emitting layer are layered in this order from a side close to the anode and the first host material contained in the first emitting layer is a compound represented by the formula (H1), the following phenomenon may occur. Therefore, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 in the formula (H1) are each preferably not a bulky substituent.

[1141] Assuming that R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 in the formula (H1) are each a bulky substituent such as an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group, intermolecular interaction may be inhibited to decrease the electron mobility relative to that of the second host material, so that the relationship of e(H1)>e(H2) shown by a later-described numerical formula (Numerical Formula 3) may not be satisfied. In a case where a compound represented by the formula (H1) is used as the first host material in the first emitting layer, it can be expected that satisfying the relationship of e(H1)>e(H2) inhibits a decrease in a recombination ability between holes and electrons in the second emitting layer and a decrease in luminous efficiency. It should be noted that substituents, namely, a haloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), group represented by O(R.sub.904), group represented by S(R.sub.905), group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), aralkyl group, group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, group represented by COOR.sub.802, halogen atom, cyano group, and nitro group are likely to be bulky, and an alkyl group and cycloalkyl group are likely to be further bulky.

[1142] In the compound represented by the formula (H1), R.sub.301 to R.sub.308, which are the substituents on the anthracene skeleton, are each preferably not a bulky substituent and preferably not an alkyl group and cycloalkyl group. More preferably, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 are each not an alkyl group and cycloalkyl group. Still more preferably, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 are each not an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group haloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), group represented by O(R.sub.904), group represented by S(R.sub.905), group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), aralkyl group, group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, group represented by COOR.sub.802, halogen atom, cyano group, and nitro group.

[1143] In the formula (H1), examples of the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group on R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 also preferably do not include the above-described substituents that are likely to be bulky, especially a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. When examples of the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group on R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 do not include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, inhibition of intermolecular interaction to be caused by presence of a bulky substituent such as an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group can be prevented, thereby preventing a decrease in the electron mobility. Moreover, when the compound described above is used as the first host material in the first emitting layer, a decrease in a recombination ability between holes and electrons in the second emitting layer and a decrease in the luminous efficiency can be inhibited.

[1144] Further preferably, R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 that are the substituents on the anthracene skeleton are not bulky substituents and R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 as substituents are unsubstituted. Assuming that R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 that are the substituents on the anthracene skeleton are not bulky substituents and substituents are bonded to R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 that are not bulky substituents, the substituents bonded to R.sub.301 to R.sub.308 are preferably not bulky substituents; and the substituents bonded to R.sub.201 to R.sub.208 serving as substituents are preferably not an alkyl group and cycloalkyl group, and more preferably not an alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, haloalkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), group represented by O(R.sub.904), group represented by S(R.sub.905), group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), aralkyl group, group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, group represented by COOR.sub.802, halogen atom, cyano group, and nitro group.

[1145] In the first host material, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

[1146] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the emitting layer contains a compound represented by the formula (H10) as the first host material. The compound represented by the formula (H10) has or does not have at least one deuterium atom.

[1147] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the emitting layer contains a compound represented by the formula (H20) as the first host material. The compound represented by the formula (H20) has or does not have at least one deuterium atom.

[1148] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the emitting layer contains, as the first host material, the compound represented by the formula (H10) and the compound represented by the formula (H20). In this arrangement, at least one of the compound represented by the formula (H10) or the compound represented by the formula (H20) preferably has at least one deuterium atom.

[1149] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the emitting layer contains the compound represented by the formula (H10) and the compound represented by the formula (H20) as the first host material, the compound represented by the formula (H10) does not substantially contain a deuterium atom and the compound represented by the formula (H20) contains at least one deuterium atom.

[1150] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the emitting layer contains the compound represented by the formula (H10) and the compound represented by the formula (H20) as the first host material, the compound represented by the formula (H20) does not substantially contain a deuterium atom and the compound represented by the formula (H10) does not contain at least one deuterium atom.

[1151] Here, the phrase that the compound does not substantially contain a deuterium atom means that the compound does not contain a deuterium atom at all or the compound is allowed to contain a deuterium atom in a natural abundance. The natural abundance ratio of deuterium atoms is, for example, 0.015% or less.

Production Method of First Host Material

[1152] The first host material can be produced by a known method. The first host material can also be produced based on a known method through a known alternative reaction using a known material(s) tailored for the target compound.

Specific Examples of First Host Material

[1153] Specific examples of the first host material include the following compounds. It should however be noted that the invention is not limited to the specific examples of the first host material.

##STR00443## ##STR00444## ##STR00445## ##STR00446## ##STR00447## ##STR00448## ##STR00449## ##STR00450## ##STR00451## ##STR00452## ##STR00453## ##STR00454## ##STR00455## ##STR00456## ##STR00457## ##STR00458## ##STR00459## ##STR00460## ##STR00461## ##STR00462##

##STR00463## ##STR00464## ##STR00465## ##STR00466## ##STR00467## ##STR00468## ##STR00469## ##STR00470## ##STR00471## ##STR00472## ##STR00473## ##STR00474## ##STR00475## ##STR00476## ##STR00477## ##STR00478## ##STR00479## ##STR00480## ##STR00481## ##STR00482## ##STR00483## ##STR00484## ##STR00485## ##STR00486## ##STR00487## ##STR00488## ##STR00489## ##STR00490## ##STR00491## ##STR00492## ##STR00493## ##STR00494## ##STR00495## ##STR00496## ##STR00497## ##STR00498## ##STR00499## ##STR00500## ##STR00501## ##STR00502## ##STR00503## ##STR00504## ##STR00505## ##STR00506##

##STR00507## ##STR00508## ##STR00509## ##STR00510## ##STR00511## ##STR00512## ##STR00513## ##STR00514## ##STR00515## ##STR00516## ##STR00517##

[1154] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting region consists of the first emitting layer.

[1155] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting region further includes the second emitting layer in addition to the first emitting layer.

[1156] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting region consists of the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer.

[1157] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting region includes at least the first emitting layer containing the first host material and the second emitting layer containing the second host material. The first host material and the second host material are mutually different.

[1158] In a case where the first emitting region at least includes the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer, luminous efficiency is improvable by using Triplet-Triplet-Annihilation (sometimes referred to as TTA).

[1159] TTA is a mechanism in which triplet excitons collide with one another to generate singlet excitons. The TTA mechanism is sometimes also referred to as a TTF mechanism as described in International Publication No. WO2010/134350.

[1160] The TTF phenomenon will be described. Holes injected from an anode and electrons injected from a cathode are recombined in an emitting layer to generate excitons. As for the spin state, as is conventionally known, singlet excitons account for 25% and triplet excitons account for 75%. In a conventionally known fluorescent device, light is emitted when singlet excitons of 25% are relaxed to the ground state. The remaining triplet excitons of 75% are returned to the ground state without emitting light through a thermal deactivation process. Accordingly, the theoretical limit value of the internal quantum efficiency of the conventional fluorescent device is believed to be 25%.

[1161] The behavior of triplet excitons generated within an organic substance has been theoretically examined. According to S. M. Bachilo et al. (J. Phys. Chem. A, 104, 7711 (2000)), assuming that high-order excitons such as quintet excitons are quickly returned to triplet excitons, triplet excitons (hereinafter abbreviated as .sup.3A*) collide with one another with an increase in density thereof, whereby a reaction shown by the following formula occurs. In the formula, .sup.1A represents the ground state and .sup.1A* represents the lowest singlet excitons.

[00011] $^{3} A^{*} +^{3} A^{*} .fwdarw. (4 / 9)^{1} A + (1 / 9)^{1} A^{*} + (13 / 9)^{3} A^{*}$

[1162] In other words, 5.sup.3A*.fwdarw.4.sup.1A+1A is satisfied, and it is expected that, among triplet excitons initially generated, which account for 75%, one fifth thereof (i.e., 20%) is changed to singlet excitons. Accordingly, the amount of singlet excitons which contribute to emission is 40%, which is a value obtained by adding 15% (75%()=15%) to 25%, which is the amount ratio of initially generated singlet excitons. At this time, a ratio of luminous intensity derived from TTF (TTF ratio) relative to the total luminous intensity is 15/40, i.e., 37.5%. Assuming that singlet excitons are generated by collision of initially generated triplet excitons accounting for 75% (i.e., one singlet exciton is generated from two triplet excitons), a significantly high internal quantum efficiency of 62.5% is obtained, which is a value obtained by adding 37.5% (75%()=37.5%) to 25% (the amount ratio of initially generated singlet excitons). At this time, the TTF ratio is 37.5/62.5=60%.

[1163] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the triplet energy of the first host material T.sub.1 (H1) and the triplet energy of the second host material T.sub.1 (H2) preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1) below, more preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 2) below.

[00012] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} (H 2) > T_{1} (H 1) & (Numerical Formula 1) \end{matrix}$ $\begin{matrix} T_{1} (H 2) - T_{1} (H 1) > 0.03 eV & (Numerical Formula 2) \end{matrix}$

[1164] In a case where an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment includes the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer satisfying the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1), the luminous efficiency of the device is improvable.

[1165] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, it is considered that since the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1) is satisfied, triplet excitons generated by recombination of holes and electrons in the second emitting layer and present on an interface between the second emitting layer and organic layer(s) in direct contact therewith are not likely to be quenched even under the presence of excessive carriers on the interface between the second emitting layer and the organic layer(s). For instance, the presence of a recombination region locally on an interface between the second emitting layer and a hole transporting layer or an electron blocking layer is considered to cause quenching by excessive electrons. Meanwhile, the presence of a recombination region locally on an interface between the second emitting layer and an electron transporting layer or a hole blocking layer is considered to cause quenching by excessive holes.

[1166] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, by including the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer in a manner to satisfy the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1), triplet excitons generated in the second emitting layer can transfer to the first emitting layer without being quenched by excessive carriers and be inhibited from back-transferring from the first emitting layer to the second emitting layer. Consequently, the first emitting layer exhibits the TTF mechanism to effectively generate singlet excitons, thereby improving the luminous efficiency.

[1167] Accordingly, the organic EL device includes, as different regions, the second emitting layer mainly generating triplet excitons and the first emitting layer mainly exhibiting the TTF mechanism using triplet excitons having transferred from the second emitting layer, and has a difference in triplet energy provided by using a compound having a smaller triplet energy than that of the second host material in the second emitting layer as the first host material in the first emitting layer. The luminous efficiency is thus improved.

[1168] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer are in direct contact with each other.

[1169] Herein, a layer arrangement in which the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer are in direct contact with each other may include one of embodiments (LS1), (LS2), and (LS3) below.

[1170] (LS1) An embodiment in which a region containing both the first host material and the second host material is generated in a process of vapor-depositing the compound of the first emitting layer and vapor-depositing the compound of the second emitting layer, and is present on the interface between the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer.

[1171] (LS2) An embodiment in which in a case of containing an luminescent compound in the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer, a region containing the first host material, the second host material and the luminescent compound is generated in a process of vapor-depositing the compound of the first emitting layer and vapor-depositing the compound of the second emitting layer, and is present on the interface between the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer.

[1172] (LS3) An embodiment in which in a case of containing an luminescent compound in the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer, a region containing the luminescent compound, a region containing the first host material or a region containing the second host material is generated in a process of vapor-depositing the compound of the first emitting layer and vapor-depositing the compound of the second emitting layer, and is present on the interface between the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer.

Second Emitting Layer

[1173] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer contains the second host material. The second host material, which is not particularly limited, may be selected from the group consisting of a first compound described below, a compound represented by the formula (H1), a compound represented by the formula (H10), and a compound represented by the formula (H20).

[1174] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer contains a second luminescent compound. The second luminescent compound is not particularly limited.

[1175] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer contains the second host material and the second luminescent compound.

[1176] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second luminescent compound is the same as or different from the first luminescent compound contained in the first emitting layer.

[1177] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second host material is a compound different from the first host material contained in the first emitting layer.

[1178] The second luminescent compound is preferably a compound that emits light having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably a compound that emits light having a maximum peak wavelength in a range from 430 nm to 480 nm. The second luminescent compound is preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence having a maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less, more preferably a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence having a maximum peak wavelength in a range from 430 nm to 480 nm.

[1179] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer contains the second host material and the second luminescent compound that emits light having the maximum peak wavelength of 500 nm or less.

[1180] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second luminescent compound has a full width at half maximum in a range from 1 nm to 30 nm at a maximum peak.

[1181] A method of measuring the maximum peak wavelength of the compound is as follows.

[1182] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second luminescent compound is a compound containing no azine ring structure in a molecule.

[1183] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second luminescent compound is preferably not a boron-containing complex, more preferably not a complex.

[1184] As a compound that emits blue fluorescence and is usable for the second emitting layer, for instance, compounds such as a pyrene derivative, a styrylamine derivative, a chrysene derivative, a fluoranthene derivative, a fluorene derivative, a diamine derivative, and a triarylamine derivative are usable.

[1185] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer does not contain a metal complex. Moreover, in an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer does not contain a boron-containing complex.

[1186] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer does not contain a phosphorescent material (dopant material).

[1187] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer does not contain a heavy metal complex and a phosphorescent rare-earth metal complex.

[1188] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer contains 0.5 mass % or more of the luminescent compound with respect to the total mass of the second emitting layer. The second emitting layer contains the luminescent compound preferably at 10 mass % or less, more preferably at 7 mass % or less, and still more preferably at 5 mass % less with respect to the total mass of the second emitting layer.

[1189] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer contains the second host material preferably at 60 mass % or more, more preferably at 70 mass % or more, still more preferably at 80 mass % or more, still further more preferably at 90 mass % or more, and yet still further more preferably at 95 mass % or more, with respect to the total mass of the second emitting layer.

[1190] The second emitting layer preferably contains the second host material at 99.5 mass % or less with respect to the total mass of the second emitting layer.

[1191] When the second emitting layer contains the second host material and the second luminescent compound, the upper limit of the total of the content ratios of the second host material and the second luminescent compound is 100 mass %.

[1192] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the second emitting layer may further contain any other material than the second host material and the second luminescent compound.

[1193] The second emitting layer may contain a single type of the second host material or may contain two or more types of the second host material. The second emitting layer may contain a single type of the second luminescent compound or may contain two or more types of the second luminescent compound.

[1194] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a triplet energy of the first luminescent compound T.sub.1(D1) and the triplet energy of the first host material T.sub.1(H1) preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 4A) below.

[00013] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} (D 1) > T_{1} (H 1) & (Numerical Formula 4 A) \end{matrix}$

[1195] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the first luminescent compound and the first host material satisfy the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 4A), in transfer of triplet excitons generated in the second emitting layer to the first emitting layer, the triplet excitons energy-transfer not onto the first luminescent compound having higher triplet energy but onto molecules of the first host material. In addition, triplet excitons generated by recombination of holes and electrons on the first host material do not transfer to the first luminescent compound having higher triplet energy. Triplet excitons generated by recombination on molecules of the first luminescent compound quickly energy-transfer to molecules of the first host material.

[1196] Triplet excitons in the first host material do not transfer to the first luminescent compound but efficiently collide with one another on the first host material to generate singlet excitons by the TTF phenomenon.

[1197] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a singlet energy of the first host material S.sub.1 (H1) and a singlet energy of the first luminescent compound S.sub.1 (D1) preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 4) below.

[00014] $\begin{matrix} S_{1} (H 1) > S_{1} (D 1) & (Numerical Formula 4) \end{matrix}$

[1198] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the first luminescent compound and the first host material satisfy the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical formula 4), due to the singlet energy of the first luminescent compound being smaller than the singlet energy of the first host material, singlet excitons generated by the TTF phenomenon energy-transfer from the first host material to the first luminescent compound, thereby contributing to emission (preferably fluorescence) of the first luminescent compound.

[1199] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer are layered in this order from a side on which the anode is provided, the electron mobility of the second host material e(H2) and the electron mobility of the first host material e(H1) preferably satisfy a formula (Numerical Formula 3) below. When the first host material and the second host material satisfy a relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 3), a recombination ability between holes and electrons in the second emitting layer is improved.

[00015] $\begin{matrix} e (H 1) > e (H 2) & (Numerical Formula 3) \end{matrix}$

[1200] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the second emitting layer and the first emitting layer are layered in this order from a side on which the anode is provided, the hole mobility of the second host material h(H2) and the hole mobility of the first host material h(H1) preferably satisfy a formula (Numerical Formula 31) below.

[00016] $\begin{matrix} h (H 2) > h (H 1) & (Numerical Formula 31) \end{matrix}$

[1201] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, when the second emitting layer and the first emitting layer are layered in this order from a side on which the anode is provided, the hole mobility of the second host material h(H2), the electron mobility of the second host material e(H2), the hole mobility of the first host material h(H1), and the electron mobility of the first host material e(H1) preferably satisfy a formula (Numerical Formula 32) below.

[00017] $\begin{matrix} (e (H 1) / h (H 1)) > (e (H 2) / h (H 2)) & (Numerical Formula 32) \end{matrix}$

[1202] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a singlet energy of the second host material S.sub.1 (H2) and a singlet energy of the second luminescent compound S.sub.1 (D2) preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 20) below.

[00018] $\begin{matrix} S_{1} (H 2) > S_{1} (D 2) & (Numerical Formula 20) \end{matrix}$

[1203] When the second host material and the second luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 20), singlet excitons generated on the second host material easily energy-transfer from the second host material to the second luminescent compound, thereby contributing to emission (preferably fluorescence) of the second luminescent compound.

[1204] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the triplet energy of the second host material T.sub.1 (H2) and the triplet energy of the second luminescent compound T.sub.1 (D2) preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 20A) below.

[00019] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} (D 2) > T_{1} (H 2) & (Numerical Formula 20 A) \end{matrix}$

[1205] When the second host material and the second luminescent compound satisfy the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 20A), triplet excitons generated in the second emitting layer are transferred not onto the second luminescent compound having higher triplet energy but onto the second host material, thereby being easily transferred to the first emitting layer.

[1206] Methods of measuring the triplet energy T.sub.1, the singlet energy S.sub.1, the hole mobility and the electron mobility will be described below.

[1207] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a film thickness of the first emitting layer is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 15 nm or more. In a case where the first emitting region includes the second emitting layer, when the film thickness of the first emitting layer is 5 nm or more, it is easy to inhibit triplet excitons having transferred from the second emitting layer to the first emitting layer from returning to the second emitting layer. Further, when the film thickness of the first emitting layer is 5 nm or more, triplet excitons can be sufficiently separated from the recombination portion in the second emitting layer.

[1208] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the film thickness of the first emitting layer is preferably 20 nm or less. With the film thickness of the first emitting layer of 20 nm or less, a density of triplet excitons in the first emitting layer is improvable to further facilitate occurrence of the TTF phenomenon.

[1209] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the film thickness of the first emitting layer is preferably in a range from 5 nm to 20 nm.

[1210] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the film thickness of the second emitting layer is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more. When the film thickness of the second emitting layer is 3 nm or more, the film thickness is sufficiently large to cause recombination of holes and electrons in the second emitting layer.

[1211] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the film thickness of the second emitting layer is preferably 15 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. When the film thickness of the second emitting layer is 15 nm or less, the film thickness is sufficiently thin to allow for transfer of triplet excitons to the first emitting layer.

[1212] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the film thickness of the second emitting layer is more preferably in a range from 3 nm to 15 nm.

First Host Material and Second Host Material

[1213] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first host material and the second host material are also each preferably the first compound. The first compound is, for instance, a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by a formula (1), a formula (1X), a formula (12X), a formula (13X), a formula (14X), a formula (15X), a formula (16X), a formula (1000B), a formula (16X), a formula (17X-1), a formula (17X-2), a formula (17X-3), and a formula (18) below.

[1214] Moreover, the first compound is also usable as the first host material and the second host material.

Compound Represented by Formula (1)

[1215] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by the formula (1) below. The first compound represented by the formula (1) has at least one group represented by a formula (11) below.

##STR00518##

[1216] In the formula (1): [1217] R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (11); [1218] at least one of R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 is a group represented by the formula (11); [1219] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (11) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (11) are mutually the same or different; [1220] L.sub.101 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1221] Ar.sub.101 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1222] mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1223] when two or more L.sub.101 are present, the two or more L.sub.101 are mutually the same or different; [1224] when two or more Ar.sub.101 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.101 are mutually the same or different; and [1225] * in the formula (11) represents a bonding position to a pyrene ring represented by the formula (1).

[1226] In the first compound represented by the formula (1), R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, R.sub.907, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1227] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1228] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1229] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; [1230] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1231] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [1232] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; [1233] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different; [1234] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; and [1235] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different.

[1236] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.101 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1237] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.101 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenanthryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[1238] In an exemplary embodiment, the first compound is preferably represented by a formula (101) below.

##STR00519##

[1239] In the formula (101): [1240] R.sub.101 to R.sub.120 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; one of R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 represents a bonding position to L.sub.101, and one of R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 represents a bonding position to L.sub.101; [1241] L.sub.101 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1242] mx is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and [1243] when two or more L.sub.101 are present, the two or more L.sub.101 are mutually the same or different.

[1244] In an exemplary embodiment, L.sub.101 is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1245] In an exemplary embodiment, two or more of R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 are each preferably a group represented by the formula (11).

[1246] In an exemplary embodiment, it is preferable that two or more of R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 are each a group represented by the formula (11) and Ar.sub.101 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1247] In an exemplary embodiment, it is preferable that Ar.sub.101 is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group, L.sub.101 is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenylene group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 not being a group represented by the formula (11) is not a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group.

[1248] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 not being a group represented by the formula (11) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1249] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 not being a group represented by the formula (11) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1250] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 not being the group represented by the formula (11) are each preferably a hydrogen atom.

Compound Represented by Formula (1X)

[1251] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (1X) below.

##STR00520##

[1252] In the formula (1X): [1253] R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (11X); [1254] at least one of R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 is a group represented by the formula (11X); [1255] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (11X) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (11X) are mutually the same or different; [1256] L.sub.101 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1257] Ar.sub.101 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1258] mx is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1259] when two or more L.sub.101 are present, the two or more L.sub.101 are mutually the same or different; [1260] when two or more Ar.sub.101 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.101 are mutually the same or different; and [1261] * in the formula (11X) represents a bonding position to a benz[a]anthracene ring in the formula (1X).

[1262] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the group represented by the formula (11X) is a group represented by a formula (111X) below.

##STR00521##

[1263] In the formula (111X): [1264] X.sub.1 is CR.sub.143R.sub.144, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR.sub.145; [1265] L.sub.111 and L.sub.112 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1266] ma is 1, 2, 3 or 4; [1267] mb is 1, 2, 3 or 4; [1268] ma+mb is 2, 3, or 4; [1269] Ar.sub.101 represents the same as Ar.sub.101 in the formula (11X); [1270] R.sub.141, R.sub.142, R.sub.143, R.sub.144 and R.sub.145 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1271] mc is 3; [1272] three R.sub.141 are mutually the same or different; [1273] md is 3; and [1274] three R.sub.142 are mutually the same or different.

[1275] Among positions *1 to *8 of carbon atoms in a cyclic structure represented by a formula (111aX) below in the group represented by the formula (111X), L.sub.111 is bonded to one of the positions *1 to *4, R.sub.141 is bonded to each of three positions of the rest of *1 to *4, L.sub.112 is bonded to one of the positions *5 to *8, and R.sub.142 is bonded to each of three positions of the rest of *5 to *8.

##STR00522##

[1276] For instance, the group represented by the formula (111X), in which L.sub.111 is bonded to a carbon atom at *2 in the cyclic structure represented by the formula (111aX) and L.sub.112 is bonded to a carbon atom at *7 in the cyclic structure represented by the formula (111aX), is represented by a formula (111bX) below.

##STR00523##

[1277] In the formula (111bX): [1278] X.sub.1, L.sub.111, L.sub.112, ma, mb, Ar.sub.101, R.sub.141, R.sub.142, R.sub.143, R.sub.144 and R.sub.145 each independently represent the same as X.sub.1, L.sub.111, L.sub.112, ma, mb, Ar.sub.101, R.sub.141, R.sub.142, R.sub.143, R.sub.144 and R.sub.145 in the formula (111X); [1279] a plurality of R.sub.141 are mutually the same or different; and [1280] a plurality of R.sub.142 are mutually the same or different.

[1281] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the group represented by the formula (111X) is preferably a group represented by the formula (111bX).

[1282] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 or 2 and mb is 1 or 2.

[1283] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 and mb is 1.

[1284] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), Ar.sub.101 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1285] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), Ar.sub.101 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenanthryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[1286] The compound represented by the formula (1X) is also preferably represented by a formula (101X) below.

##STR00524##

[1287] In the formula (101X): [1288] one of R.sub.111 and R.sub.112 represents a bonding position to L.sub.101 and one of R.sub.133 and R.sub.134 represents a bonding position to L.sub.101; [1289] R.sub.101 to R.sub.110, R.sub.121 to R.sub.130, R.sub.111 or R.sub.112 not being the bonding position to L.sub.101, and R.sub.133 or R.sub.134 not being the bonding position to L.sub.101 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1290] L.sub.101 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1291] mx is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and [1292] when two or more L.sub.101 are present, the two or more L.sub.101 are mutually the same or different.

[1293] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), L.sub.101 is preferably a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1294] The compound represented by the formula (1X) is also preferably represented by a formula (102X) below.

##STR00525##

[1295] In the formula (102X): [1296] one of R.sub.111 and R.sub.112 represents a bonding position to L.sub.111 and one of R.sub.133 and R.sub.134 represents a bonding position to L.sub.112; [1297] R.sub.101 to R.sub.110, R.sub.121 to R.sub.130, R.sub.111 or R.sub.112 not being the bonding position to L.sub.111, and R.sub.133 or R.sub.134 not being the bonding position to L.sub.112 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1298] X.sub.1 is CR.sub.143R.sub.144, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR.sub.145; [1299] L.sub.111 and L.sub.112 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1300] ma is 1, 2, 3 or 4; [1301] mb is 1, 2, 3 or 4; [1302] ma+mb is 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1303] R.sub.141, R.sub.142, R.sub.143, R.sub.144 and R.sub.145 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1304] mc is 3; [1305] three R.sub.141 are mutually the same or different; [1306] md is 3; and [1307] three R.sub.142 are mutually the same or different.

[1308] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 or 2 and mb is 1 or 2 in the formula (102X).

[1309] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), preferably, ma is 1 and mb is 1 in the formula (102X).

[1310] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), the group represented by the formula (11X) is also preferably a group represented by a formula (11AX) or a group represented by a formula (11BX) below.

##STR00526##

[1311] In the formulae (11AX) and (11BX): [1312] R.sub.121 to R.sub.131 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1313] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (11AX) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (11AX) are mutually the same or different; [1314] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (11BX) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (11BX) are mutually the same or different; [1315] L.sub.131 and L.sub.132 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1316] * in each of the formulae (11AX) and (11BX) represents a bonding position to a benz[a]anthracene ring in the formula (1X).

[1317] The compound represented by the formula (1X) is also preferably represented by a formula (103X) below.

##STR00527##

[1318] In the formula (103X): [1319] R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 and R.sub.112 respectively represent the same as R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 and R.sub.112 in the formula (1X); and [1320] R.sub.121 to R.sub.131, L.sub.131, and L.sub.132 respectively represent the same as R.sub.121 to R.sub.131, L.sub.131, and L.sub.132 in the formula (11BX).

[1321] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), L.sub.131 is also preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1322] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), L.sub.132 is also preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1323] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), also preferably, two or more of R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 are each a group represented by the formula (11).

[1324] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), it is preferable that two or more of R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 are each a group represented by the formula (11X) and Ar.sub.101 in the formula (11X) is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1325] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), it is also preferable that Ar.sub.101 is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group, L.sub.101 is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthrylene group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as R.sub.101 to R.sub.110 not being a group represented by the formula (11X) is not a substituted or unsubstituted benz[a]anthryl group.

[1326] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 not being a group represented by the formula (11X) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1327] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 not being a group represented by the formula (11X) are preferably each a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1328] In the compound represented by the formula (1X), R.sub.101 to R.sub.112 not being the group represented by the formula (11X) are each preferably a hydrogen atom.

Compound Represented by Formula (12X)

[1329] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (12X) below.

##STR00528##

[1330] In the formula (12X): [1331] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1210 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; [1332] R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1210 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (121); [1333] at least one of a substituent, if present, for the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, a substituent, if present, for the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1210 is a group represented by the formula (121); [1334] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (121) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (121) are mutually the same or different; [1335] L.sub.1201 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1336] Ar.sub.1201 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1337] mx2 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1338] when two or more L.sub.1201 are present, the two or more L.sub.1201 are mutually the same or different; [1339] when two or more Ar.sub.1201 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1201 are mutually the same or different; and [1340] * in the formula (121) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (12X).

[1341] In the formula (12X), combinations of adjacent two of R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1210 refer to a combination of R.sub.1201 and R.sub.1202, a combination of R.sub.1202 and R.sub.1203, a combination of R.sub.1203 and R.sub.1204, a combination of R.sub.1204 and R.sub.1205, a combination of R.sub.1205 and R.sub.1206, a combination of R.sub.1207 and R.sub.1208, a combination of R.sub.1208 and R.sub.1209, and a combination of R.sub.1209 and R.sub.1210.

Compound Represented by Formula (13X)

[1342] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (13X) below.

##STR00529##

[1343] In the formula (13X): [1344] R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1310 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (131); [1345] at least one of R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1310 is a group represented by the formula (131); [1346] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (131) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (131) are mutually the same or different; [1347] L.sub.1301 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1348] Ar.sub.1301 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1349] mx3 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1350] when two or more L.sub.1301 are present, the two or more L.sub.1301 are mutually the same or different; [1351] when two or more Ar.sub.1301 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1301 are mutually the same or different; and [1352] * in the formula (131) represents a bonding position to a fluoranthene ring represented by the formula (13X).

[1353] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, none of combinations of adjacent two or more of R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1310 not being the group represented by the formula (131) are bonded to each other. Combinations of adjacent two of R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1310 in the formula (13X) refer to a combination of R.sub.1301 and R.sub.1302, a combination of R.sub.1302 and R.sub.1303, a combination of R.sub.1303 and R.sub.1304, a combination of R.sub.1304 and R.sub.1305, a combination of R.sub.1305 and R.sub.1306, a combination of R.sub.1307 and R.sub.1308, a combination of R.sub.1308 and R.sub.1309, and a combination of R.sub.1309 and R.sub.1310.

[1354] Compound Represented by Formula (14X) In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (14X) below.

##STR00530##

[1355] In the formula (14X): [1356] R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (141); [1357] at least one of R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 is a group represented by the formula (141); [1358] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (141) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (141) are mutually the same or different; [1359] L.sub.1401 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1360] Ar.sub.1401 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1361] mx4 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1362] when two or more L.sub.1401 are present, the two or more L.sub.1401 are mutually the same or different; [1363] when two or more Ar.sub.1401 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1401 are mutually the same or different; and [1364] * in the formula (141) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (14X).

Compound Represented by Formula (15X)

[1365] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (15X) below.

##STR00531##

[1366] In the formula (15X): [1367] R.sub.1501 to R.sub.1514 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (151); [1368] at least one of R.sub.1501 to R.sub.1514 is a group represented by the formula (151); [1369] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (151) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (151) are mutually the same or different; [1370] L.sub.1501 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1371] Ar.sub.1501 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1372] mx5 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1373] when two or more L.sub.1501 are present, the two or more L.sub.1501 are mutually the same or different; [1374] when two or more Ar.sub.1501 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1501 are mutually the same or different; and [1375] * in the formula (151) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (15X).

[1376] Compound Represented by Formula (16X) In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (16X) below.

##STR00532##

[1377] In the formula (16X): [1378] R.sub.1601 to R.sub.1614 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (161); [1379] at least one of R.sub.1601 to R.sub.1614 is a group represented by the formula (161); [1380] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (161) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (161) are mutually the same or different; [1381] L.sub.1601 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1382] Ar.sub.1601 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1383] mx6 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1384] when two or more L.sub.1601 are present, the two or more L.sub.1601 are mutually the same or different; [1385] when two or more Ar.sub.1601 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1601 are mutually the same or different; and [1386] * in the formula (161) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (16X).

[1387] Compound Represented by Formula (1000B) In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by the formula (1000B) below.

##STR00533##

[1388] In the formula (1000B): [1389] X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1390] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1391] R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (110); [1392] at least one of R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 is a group represented by the formula (110); [1393] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (110) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (110) are mutually the same or different; [1394] L.sub.100 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1395] mx is 1, 2, or 3; [1396] when two or more L.sub.100 are present, the two or more L.sub.100 are mutually the same or different; [1397] Ar.sub.100 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having three or more rings, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having two or more aromatic rings and one or more heterocycles; [1398] Ar.sub.100 contains no anthracene ring; [1399] when two or more Ar.sub.100 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.100 are mutually the same or different; [1400] in the formula (110) represents a bonding position; [1401] R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, R.sub.907, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 in the first compound represented by the formula (1000B) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1402] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1403] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1404] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [1405] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1406] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [1407] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; [1408] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different; [1409] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; and [1410] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different.

[1411] In the formula (1000B), X is preferably an oxygen atom.

[1412] The compound represented by the formula (1000B) is preferably a compound that has at least one group represented by the formula (110) and is represented by a formula (100) below.

##STR00534##

[1413] In the formula (100): R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 each independently represent the same as R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 in the formula (1000B); and Ar.sub.100, L.sub.100 and mx respectively represent the same as Ar.sub.100, L.sub.100 and mx in the formula (110).

[1414] The compound represented by the formula (1000B) is also preferably a compound represented by a formula (101) or (102) below.

##STR00535##

[1415] In the formulae (101) and (102): R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 each independently represent the same as R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 in the formula (1000B); and Ar.sub.100, L.sub.100 and mx respectively represent the same as Ar.sub.100, L.sub.100 and mx in the formula (110).

[1416] In the formula (1000B), R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 not being the group represented by the formula (110) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1417] In the formula (1000B), R.sub.10 to R.sub.19 not being the group represented by the formula (110) are each preferably a hydrogen atom.

[1418] In the formula (1000B), L.sub.100 is preferably a single bond or an arylene group having three or less substituted or unsubstituted benzene rings.

[1419] In the formula (1000B), L.sub.100 is preferably not a substituted or unsubstituted anthrylene group.

[1420] In the formula (1000B), L.sub.100 is also preferably a single bond.

[1421] In the formula (1000B), the group represented by -(L.sub.100).sub.mx- in the formula (110) is also preferably a group represented by any one of formulae (111) to (120) below.

##STR00536## ##STR00537##

[1422] In the formulae (111) to (120), * each represent a bonding position.

[1423] The group represented by -(L.sub.100).sub.mx- in the formula (110) is preferably a group represented by the formula (111) or (112).

[1424] In the formula (1000B), Ar.sub.100 is preferably an aryl group in which at least four substituted or unsubstituted benzene rings are fused.

[1425] In the formula (1000B), Ar.sub.100 is preferably an aryl group in which four substituted or unsubstituted benzene rings are fused or an aryl group in which five substituted or unsubstituted benzene rings are fused.

[1426] In the formula (1000B): Ar.sub.100 is preferably a group represented by a formula (1100), a formula (1200), a formula (1300), a formula (1400), a formula (1500), a formula (1600), a formula (1700) or a formula (1800) below.

##STR00538## ##STR00539##

[1427] In the formula (1100), one of R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 is a bond; [1428] in the formula (1200), one of R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1212 is a bond; [1429] in the formula (1300), one of R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1314 is a bond; [1430] in the formula (1400), one of R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1414 is a bond; [1431] in the formula (1500), one of R.sub.1501 to R.sub.1514 is a bond; [1432] in the formula (1600), one of R.sub.1601 to R.sub.1612 is a bond; [1433] in the formula (1700), one of R.sub.1701 to R.sub.1710 is a bond; [1434] in the formula (1800), one of R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1812 is a bond; and [1435] R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 not being the bond, R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1212 not being the bond, R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1314 not being the bond, R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1414 not being the bond, R.sub.1501 to R.sub.1514 not being the bond, R.sub.1601 to R.sub.1612 not being the bond, R.sub.1701 to R.sub.1710 not being the bond, and R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1812 not being the bond are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1436] The group represented by the formula (1100) in which R.sub.111 is the bond is represented by a formula (1112) below. The group represented by the formula (1100) in which R.sub.120 is the bond is represented by a formula (1113) below. The group represented by the formula (1100) in which R.sub.119 is the bond is represented by a formula (1114) below.

##STR00540##

[1437] In the formulae (1112), (1113), and (1114): [1438] R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1439] * in the formulae (1112) to (1114) each represent a bonding position.

[1440] In the formulae (1100), (1200), (1300), (1400), (1500), (1600), (1700) and (1800), R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 not being the bond, R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1212 not being the bond, R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1314 not being the bond, R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1414 not being the bond, R.sub.1501 to R.sub.1514 not being the bond, R.sub.1601 to R.sub.1612 not being the bond, R.sub.1701 to R.sub.1710 not being the bond, and R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1812 not being the bond are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1441] In the formulae (1100), (1200), (1300), (1400), (1500), (1600), (1700) and (1800), R.sub.111 to R.sub.120 not being the bond, R.sub.1201 to R.sub.1212 not being the bond, R.sub.1301 to R.sub.1314 not being the bond, R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1414 not being the bond, R.sub.1501 to R.sub.1514 not being the bond, R.sub.1601 to R.sub.1612 not being the bond, R.sub.1701 to R.sub.1710 not being the bond, and R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1812 not being the bond are preferably each a hydrogen atom.

[1442] The compound represented by the formula (1000B) preferably includes only one benzoxanthene ring in a molecule.

[1443] The first compound is also preferably a compound obtained by substituting a benzoxanthene ring with a benzothioxanthene ring in a compound represented by each of the formulae (100), (101), and (102).

Compound Represented by Formula (17X-1)

[1444] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (17X-1) below.

##STR00541##

[1445] In the formula (17X-1): [1446] X.sub.14 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1447] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1404 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1448] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.1405 to R.sub.1410 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1449] R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (171-1); [1450] at least one of R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 is a group represented by the formula (171-1); [1451] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (171-1) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (171-1) are mutually the same or different; [1452] L.sub.1701 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1453] Ar.sub.1701 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1454] mx7 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1455] when two or more L.sub.1701 are present, the two or more L.sub.1701 are mutually the same or different; [1456] when two or more Ar.sub.1701 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1701 are mutually the same or different; [1457] R.sub.901 to R.sub.905, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 each independently represent the same as R.sub.901 to R.sub.905, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 in the formula (1000B); and [1458] * in the formula (171-1) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (17X-1).

Compound Represented by Formula (17X-2)

[1459] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (17X-2) below.

##STR00542##

[1460] In the formula (17X-2): [1461] R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 and X.sub.14 each independently represent the same as R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 and X.sub.14 in the formula (17X-1); [1462] the group represented by the formula (171-2) represents the same as a group represented by the formula (171-1); and L.sub.1701, Ar.sub.1701 and mx7 in the formula (171-2) each independently represent the same as L.sub.1701, Ar.sub.1701 and mx7 in the formula (171-1); [1463] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (171-2) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (171-2) are mutually the same or different; and [1464] * in the formula (171-2) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (17X-2).

[1465] Compound Represented by Formula (17X-3) In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by a formula (17X-3) below.

##STR00543##

[1466] In the formula (17X-3): [1467] R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 and X.sub.14 each independently represent the same as R.sub.1401 to R.sub.1410 and X.sub.14 in the formula (17X-1); [1468] the group represented by the formula (171-3) represents the same as a group represented by the formula (171-1); and L.sub.1701, Ar.sub.1701 and mx7 in the formula (171-3) each independently represent the same as L.sub.1701, Ar.sub.1701 and mx7 in the formula (171-1); [1469] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (171-3) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (171-3) are mutually the same or different; and [1470] * in the formula (171-3) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (17X-3).

[1471] In the formulae (17X-1), (17X-2) and (17X-3), X.sub.14 is preferably an oxygen atom.

Compound Represented by Formula (18)

[1472] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first compound is a compound represented by the formula (18) below.

##STR00544##

[1473] In the formula (18): [1474] X.sub.18 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1475] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1804 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1476] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.1805 to R.sub.1808 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1477] R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1808 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by C(O) R.sub.801, a group represented by COOR.sub.802, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the formula (18X); [1478] at least one of R.sub.1801 to R.sub.1808 is a group represented by the formula (18X); [1479] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (18X) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (18X) are mutually the same or different; [1480] L.sub.1801 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1481] Ar.sub.1801 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1482] mx8 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1483] when two or more L.sub.1801 are present, the two or more L.sub.1801 are mutually the same or different; [1484] when two or more Ar.sub.1801 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.1801 are mutually the same or different; [1485] R.sub.901 to R.sub.905, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 each independently represent the same as R.sub.901 to R.sub.905, R.sub.801 and R.sub.802 in the formula (1000B); and [1486] * in the formula (18X) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (18).

[1487] In the formula (18), X.sub.18 is preferably an oxygen atom.

[1488] In the first compound, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

[1489] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, also preferably, the second host material has, in a molecule, a linking structure including a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring linked to each other with a single bond, in which the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the linking structure are each independently fused or not fused with a further monocyclic ring or fused ring, and the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the linking structure are further linked to each other by cross-linking at at least one site other than the single bond.

[1490] When the second host material has the linking structure including such cross-linking, deterioration in chromaticity of the organic EL device is expected to be inhibited.

[1491] The second host material in the above case is only required to have a linking structure as the minimum unit in a molecule, the linking structure including a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring linked to each other with a single bond (occasionally referred to as a benzene-naphthalene linking structure), the linking structure being as represented by a formula (X1) or a formula (X2) below. Further, the benzene ring may be fused with a monocyclic ring or fused ring, and the naphthalene ring may be fused with a monocyclic ring or fused ring. For instance, also in a case where the second host material has, in a molecule, a linking structure including a naphthalene ring and a naphthalene ring linked to each other with a single bond (occasionally referred to as a naphthalene-naphthalene linking structure) and being as represented by a formula (X3), a formula (X4), or a formula (X5) below, the naphthalene-naphthalene linking structure is regarded as including the benzene-naphthalene linking structure since one of the naphthalene rings includes a benzene ring.

##STR00545##

[1492] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the cross-linking also preferably includes a double bond. Specifically, the second host material also preferably has a structure in which the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring are further linked to each other at any other site than the single bond by the cross-linking structure including a double bond.

[1493] Assuming that the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene linking structure are further linked to each other at at least one site other than the single bond by cross-linking, for instance, a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X11) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X1), and a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X31) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X3).

[1494] Assuming that the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene linking structure are further linked to each other at any other site than the single bond by cross-linking including a double bond, for instance, a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X12) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X1), a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X21) or formula (X22) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X2), a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X41) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X4), and a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X51) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X5).

[1495] Assuming that the benzene ring and the naphthalene ring in the benzene-naphthalene linking structure are further linked to each other at at least one site other than the single bond by cross-linking including a hetero atom (e.g., an oxygen atom), for instance, a linking structure (fused ring) represented by a formula (X13) below is obtained in a case of the formula (X1).

##STR00546##

[1496] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, also preferably, the second host material has, in a molecule, a biphenyl structure including a first benzene ring and a second benzene ring linked to each other with a single bond, and the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further linked to each other by cross-linking at at least one site other than the single bond.

[1497] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, also preferably, the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further linked to each other by the cross-linking at one site other than the single bond. When the second host material has the biphenyl structure including such cross-linking, deterioration in chromaticity of the organic EL device is expected to be inhibited.

[1498] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the cross-linking also preferably includes a double bond.

[1499] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the cross-linking also preferably includes no double bond.

[1500] Also preferably, the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further linked to each other by the cross-linking at two sites other than the single bond.

[1501] In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, also preferably, the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure are further linked to each other by the cross-linking at two sites other than the single bond, and the cross-linking includes no double bond. When the second host material has the biphenyl structure including such cross-linking, deterioration in chromaticity of the organic EL device is expected to be inhibited.

[1502] For instance, assuming that the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring in the biphenyl structure represented by a formula (BP1) below are further linked to each other by cross-linking at at least one site other than the single bond, the biphenyl structure is exemplified by linking structures (fused rings) represented by formulae (BP11) to (BP15) below.

##STR00547##

[1503] The formula (BP11) represents a linking structure in which the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are linked to each other at one site other than the single bond by cross-linking including no double bond.

[1504] The formula (BP12) represents a linking structure in which the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are linked to each other at one site other than the single bond by cross-linking including a double bond.

[1505] The formula (BP13) represents a linking structure in which the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are linked to each other at two sites other than the single bond by cross-linking including no double bond.

[1506] The formula (BP14) represents a linking structure in which the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are linked to each other by cross-linking including no double bond at one of two sites other than the single bond, and the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are linked to each other by cross-linking including a double bond at the other of the two sites other than the single bond.

[1507] The formula (BP15) represents a linking structure in which the first benzene ring and the second benzene ring are linked to each other at two sites other than the single bond by cross-linking including a double bond.

[1508] In the first compound, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted are each preferably an unsubstituted group.

Method of Producing First Compound

[1509] The first compound usable for the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment can be produced by a known method. The first compound can also be produced based on a known method through a known alternative reaction using a known material(s) tailored for the target compound.

Specific Examples of First Compound

[1510] Specific examples of the first compound usable for the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment include compounds below. It should however be noted that the invention is not limited to the specific examples of the first compound.

[1511] In the specific examples of the compound herein, D represents a deuterium atom, Me represents a methyl group, and tBu represents a tert-butyl group.

##STR00548## ##STR00549## ##STR00550## ##STR00551## ##STR00552## ##STR00553## ##STR00554## ##STR00555## ##STR00556## ##STR00557## ##STR00558## ##STR00559##

##STR00560## ##STR00561## ##STR00562## ##STR00563## ##STR00564## ##STR00565## ##STR00566## ##STR00567## ##STR00568##

##STR00569## ##STR00570## ##STR00571## ##STR00572##

Luminescent Compound

[1512] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the luminescent compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a formula (3) below, a compound represented by a formula (4) below, a compound represented by a formula (5) below, a compound represented by a formula (6) below, a compound represented by a formula (7) below, a compound represented by a formula (8) below, a compound represented by a formula (9) below, and a compound represented by a formula (10) below.

[1513] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a luminescent compound contained in the first emitting layer is a first luminescent compound and a luminescent compound contained in the second emitting layer is a second luminescent compound. Similar to the description regarding the luminescent compound, the first luminescent compound and the second luminescent compound are also each independently at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the formulae (3) to (10) below.

[1514] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the luminescent compound is a compound represented by the formula (6) below.

Compound Represented by Formula (6)

[1515] A compound represented by the formula (6) will be described below.

##STR00573##

[1516] In the formula (6): [1517] a ring a, a ring b and a ring c are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1518] R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 are each independently bonded to the ring a, ring b or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded thereto to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; and [1519] R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 not forming the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1520] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the ring a, ring b and ring c are each a ring (a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms) fused with a fused bicyclic structure formed of a boron atom and two nitrogen atoms at the center of the formula (6).

[1521] The aromatic hydrocarbon ring for the rings a, b, and c has the same structure as a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the aryl group.

[1522] Ring atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring for the ring a include three carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (6).

[1523] Ring atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring for the rings b and c include two carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (6).

[1524] Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms include a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the aryl group described in the specific example group G1.

[1525] The heterocycle for the rings a, b, and c has the same structure as a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the heterocyclic group described above.

[1526] Ring atoms of the heterocycle for the ring a include three carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (6). Ring atoms of the heterocycle for the rings b and c include two carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (6). Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms include a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the heterocyclic group described in the specific example group G2.

[1527] R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 may be each independently bonded with the ring a, ring b, or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. The heterocycle in this arrangement includes a nitrogen atom on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (6). The heterocycle in the above arrangement optionally includes a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom. R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 being bonded with the ring a, ring b, or ring c specifically means that atoms forming R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 are bonded with atoms forming the ring a, ring b, or ring c. For instance, R.sub.601 may be bonded with the ring a to form a bicyclic (or tri-or-more cyclic) fused nitrogen-containing heterocycle, in which the ring including R.sub.601 and the ring a are fused. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include a compound corresponding to the nitrogen-containing bi (or-more) cyclic fused heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2.

[1528] The same applies to R.sub.601 bonded with the ring b, R.sub.602 bonded with the ring a, and R.sub.602 bonded with the ring c.

[1529] Optionally, R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 are each independently not bonded with the ring a, ring b, or ring c.

[1530] In an exemplary embodiment, the ring a, ring b and ring c in the formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1531] In an exemplary embodiment, the ring a, ring b and ring c in the formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring.

[1532] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 in the formula (6) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1533] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (6) is a compound represented by a formula (62) below.

##STR00574##

[1534] In the formula (62): [1535] R.sub.601A is bonded with at least one of R.sub.611 or R.sub.621 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded therewith to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; [1536] R.sub.602A is bonded with at least one of R.sub.613 or R.sub.614 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded therewith to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; [1537] R.sub.601A and R.sub.602A not forming the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1538] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1539] R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 not forming the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, not forming the monocyclic ring, and not forming the fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1540] In the formula (62), R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, and R.sub.907 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1541] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1542] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1543] when a plurality of R.sub.903 are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [1544] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1545] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [1546] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [1547] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[1548] R.sub.601A and R.sub.602A in the formula (62) are groups corresponding to R.sub.601 and R.sub.602 in the formula (6), respectively.

[1549] For instance, R.sub.601A and R.sub.611 are optionally bonded with each other to form a bicyclic (or tri-or-more cyclic) fused nitrogen-containing heterocycle, in which the ring including R.sub.601A and R.sub.611 and a benzene ring corresponding to the ring a are fused. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include a compound corresponding to the nitrogen-containing bi (or-more) cyclic fused heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2. The same applies to R.sub.601A bonded with R.sub.621, R.sub.602A bonded with R.sub.613, and R.sub.602A bonded with R.sub.614.

[1550] At least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 may be mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.

[1551] For instance, R.sub.611 and R.sub.612 are optionally mutually bonded to form a structure in which a benzene ring, indole ring, pyrrole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring or the like is fused to the six-membered ring bonded with R.sub.611 and R.sub.612, the resultant fused ring forming a naphthalene ring, carbazole ring, indole ring, dibenzofuran ring, or dibenzothiophene ring.

[1552] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1553] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1554] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1555] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and at least one of R.sub.611 to R.sub.621 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1556] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (62) is a compound represented by a formula (63) below.

##STR00575##

[1557] In the formula (63): [1558] R.sub.631 is bonded with R.sub.646 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded therewith to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; [1559] R.sub.633 is bonded with R.sub.647 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded therewith to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; [1560] R.sub.634 is bonded with R.sub.651 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded therewith to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; [1561] R.sub.641 is bonded with R.sub.642 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, or not bonded therewith to form no substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; [1562] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1563] R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 not forming the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle, not forming the monocyclic ring, and not forming the fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1564] R.sub.631 is optionally bonded with R.sub.646 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. For instance, R.sub.631 and R.sub.646 are optionally bonded with each other to form a tri-or-more cyclic fused nitrogen-containing heterocycle, in which a benzene ring bonded with R.sub.646, a ring including a nitrogen atom, and a benzene ring corresponding to the ring a are fused. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include a compound corresponding to a nitrogen-containing tri (-or-more) cyclic fused heterocyclic group in the specific example group G2. The same applies to R.sub.633 bonded with R.sub.647, R.sub.634 bonded with R.sub.651, and R.sub.641 bonded with R.sub.642.

[1565] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1566] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1567] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1568] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 not contributing to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and at least one of R.sub.631 to R.sub.651 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1569] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (63) is a compound represented by a formula (63A) below.

##STR00576##

[1570] In the formula (63A): [1571] R.sub.661 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; and [1572] R.sub.662 to R.sub.665 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1573] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.661 to R.sub.665 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1574] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.661 to R.sub.665 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1575] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (63) is a compound represented by a formula (63B) below.

##STR00577##

[1576] In the formula (63B): [1577] R.sub.671 and R.sub.672 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; and [1578] R.sub.673 to R.sub.675 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1579] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (63) is a compound represented by a formula (63B) below.

##STR00578##

[1580] In the formula (63B), R.sub.672 to R.sub.675 each independently represent the same as R.sub.672 to R.sub.675 in the formula (63B).

[1581] In an exemplary arrangement, at least one of R.sub.671 to R.sub.675 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1582] In an exemplary arrangement: R.sub.672 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; and R.sub.671 and R.sub.673 to R.sub.675 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1583] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (63) is a compound represented by a formula (63C) below.

##STR00579##

[1584] In the formula (63C): [1585] R.sub.681 and R.sub.682 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; and [1586] R.sub.683 to R.sub.686 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1587] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (63) is a compound represented by a formula (63C) below.

##STR00580##

[1588] In the formula (63C), R.sub.683 to R.sub.686 each independently represent the same as R.sub.683 to R.sub.686 in the formula (63C).

[1589] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.681 to R.sub.686 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1590] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.681 to R.sub.686 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1591] The compound represented by the formula (6) is producible by initially bonding the ring a, ring b and ring c with linking groups (a group including NR.sub.601 and a group including NR.sub.602) to form an intermediate (first reaction), and bonding the ring a, ring b and ring c with a linking group (a group including a boron atom) to form a final product (second reaction). In the first reaction, an amination reaction (e.g. Buchwald-Hartwig reaction) is applicable. In the second reaction, Tandem Hetero-Friedel-Crafts Reactions or the like is applicable.

[1592] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (6) is a compound represented by a formula (42-2) below.

##STR00581##

[1593] In the formula (42-2): [1594] R.sub.611 to R.sub.617, R.sub.601A and R.sub.602A each independently represent the same as R.sub.611 to R.sub.617, R.sub.601A and R.sub.602A in the formula (62); [1595] X.sub.4 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1596] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.701 to R.sub.704 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1597] R.sub.701 to R.sub.704 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1598] R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, and R.sub.907 in the formula (42-2) each independently represent the same as R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, and R.sub.907 in the formula (62).

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (6)

[1599] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (6) are given below. It should however be noted that these specific examples are merely exemplary and do not limit the compound represented by the formula (6).

##STR00582## ##STR00583## ##STR00584## ##STR00585## ##STR00586## ##STR00587## ##STR00588## ##STR00589## ##STR00590## ##STR00591## ##STR00592## ##STR00593## ##STR00594## ##STR00595## ##STR00596## ##STR00597## ##STR00598##

##STR00599## ##STR00600## ##STR00601## ##STR00602## ##STR00603## ##STR00604## ##STR00605## ##STR00606## ##STR00607## ##STR00608## ##STR00609## ##STR00610## ##STR00611## ##STR00612## ##STR00613## ##STR00614## ##STR00615## ##STR00616## ##STR00617## ##STR00618##

##STR00619## ##STR00620## ##STR00621##

Compound Represented by Formula (3)

[1600] The compound represented by the formula (3) will be described below.

##STR00622##

[1601] In the formula (3): [1602] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1603] at least one of R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 is a monovalent group represented by a formula (31) below; and [1604] R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 forming neither the monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring and not being a monovalent group represented by a formula (31) below are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

##STR00623##

[1605] In the formula (31): [1606] Ar.sub.301 and Ar.sub.302 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1607] L.sub.301 to L.sub.303 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms; and [1608] * represents a bonding position to a pyrene ring in the formula (3).

[1609] In the luminescent compound, R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906 and R.sub.907 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; preferably, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [1610] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1611] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1612] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [1613] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1614] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [1615] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [1616] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[1617] In the formula (3), two of R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 are each preferably a group represented by the formula (31).

[1618] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (3) is a compound represented by a formula (33) below.

##STR00624##

[1619] In the formula (33): [1620] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 each independently represent the same as R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 in the formula (3) that are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (31); [1621] L.sub.311 to L.sub.316 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms; and [1622] Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, Ar.sub.315, and Ar.sub.316 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1623] In the formula (31), L.sub.301 is preferably a single bond, and L.sub.302 and L.sub.303 are each preferably a single bond.

[1624] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (3) is represented by a formula (34) or a formula (35) below.

##STR00625##

[1625] In the formula (34): [1626] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 each independently represent the same as R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 in the formula (3) that are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (31); [1627] L.sub.312, L.sub.313, L.sub.315 and L.sub.316 each independently represent the same as L.sub.312, L.sub.313, L.sub.315 and L.sub.316 in the formula (33); and [1628] Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, Ar.sub.315 and Ar.sub.316 each independently represent the same as Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, Ar.sub.315 and Ar.sub.316 in the formula (33).

##STR00626##

[1629] In the formula (35): [1630] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 each independently represent the same as R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 in the formula (3) that are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (31); [1631] Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, Ar.sub.315 and Ar.sub.316 each independently represent the same as Ar.sub.312, Ar.sub.313, Ar.sub.315 and Ar.sub.316 in the formula (33).

[1632] In the formula (31), at least one of Ar.sub.301 or Ar.sub.302 is preferably a group represented by a formula (36) below.

[1633] In the formulae (33) to (35), at least one of Ar.sub.312 or Ar.sub.313 is preferably a group represented by the formula (36).

[1634] In the formulae (33) to (35), at least one of Ar.sub.315 or Ar.sub.316 is preferably a group represented by the formula (36).

##STR00627##

[1635] In the formula (36): [1636] X.sub.3 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1637] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.321 to R.sub.327 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1638] R.sub.321 to R.sub.327 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1639] * represents a bonding position to L.sub.302, L.sub.303, L.sub.312, L.sub.313, L.sub.315 Or L.sub.316. [1640] X.sub.3 is preferably an oxygen atom.

[1641] At least one of R.sub.321 to R.sub.327 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1642] In the formula (31), preferably, Ar.sub.301 is a group represented by the formula (36) and Ar.sub.302 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1643] In the formulae (33) to (35), preferably, Ar.sub.312 is a group represented by the formula (36) and Ar.sub.313 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1644] In the formulae (33) to (35), preferably, Ar.sub.315 is a group represented by the formula (36) and Ar.sub.316 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1645] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (3) is represented by a formula (37) below.

##STR00628##

[1646] In the formula (37): [1647] R.sub.311 to R.sub.318 each independently represent the same as R.sub.301 to R.sub.310 in the formula (3) that are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (31); [1648] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.321 to R.sub.327 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1649] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.341 to R.sub.347 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1650] R.sub.321 to R.sub.327 and R.sub.341 to R.sub.347 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1651] R.sub.331 to R.sub.335 and R.sub.351 to R.sub.355 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (3)

[1652] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (3) include compounds as below.

##STR00629## ##STR00630## ##STR00631## ##STR00632## ##STR00633## ##STR00634## ##STR00635## ##STR00636## ##STR00637## ##STR00638## ##STR00639## ##STR00640## ##STR00641## ##STR00642## ##STR00643## ##STR00644## ##STR00645## ##STR00646## ##STR00647## ##STR00648## ##STR00649## ##STR00650## ##STR00651## ##STR00652## ##STR00653## ##STR00654## ##STR00655## ##STR00656## ##STR00657##

Compound Represented by Formula (4)

[1653] The compound represented by the formula (4) will be described below.

##STR00658##

[1654] In the formula (4): [1655] Z are each independently CRa or a nitrogen atom; [1656] a ring A1 and a ring A2 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1657] when a plurality of Ra are present, at least one combination of adjacent two or more of the plurality of Ra are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1658] n.sub.21 and n.sub.22 are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; [1659] when a plurality of Rb are present, at least one combination of adjacent two or more of the plurality of Rb are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1660] when a plurality of Rc are present, at least one combination of adjacent two or more of the plurality of Rc are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1661] Ra, Rb, and Rc forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1662] The aromatic hydrocarbon ring for the ring A1 and the ring A2 has the same structure as a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the aryl group described above.

[1663] Ring atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring for the ring A1 and the ring A2 include two carbon atoms on a fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (4).

[1664] Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms include a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the aryl group described in the specific example group G1.

[1665] The heterocycle for the ring A1 and the ring A2 has the same structure as a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the heterocyclic group described above.

[1666] Ring atoms of the heterocycle for the ring A1 and the ring A2 include two carbon atoms on a fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (4).

[1667] Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms include a compound formed by introducing a hydrogen atom to the heterocyclic group described in the specific example group G2.

[1668] Rb is bonded to any one of carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the ring A1 or any one of atoms forming the heterocycle as the ring A1.

[1669] Rc is bonded to any one of carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the ring A2 or any one of atoms forming the heterocycle as the ring A2.

[1670] At least one of Ra, Rb, or Rc is preferably a group represented by a formula (4a) below. More preferably, at least two of Ra, Rb, or Rc are each a group represented by the formula (4a).

[Formula 418]

*-L.sub.401-Ar.sub.401(4a)

[1671] In the formula (4a): [1672] L.sub.401 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms; and [1673] Ar.sub.401 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by a formula (4b) below.

##STR00659##

[1674] In the formula (4b): [1675] L.sub.402 and L.sub.403 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms; [1676] a combination of Ar.sub.402 and Ar.sub.403 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1677] Ar.sub.402 and Ar.sub.403 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1678] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (4) is represented by a formula (42) below.

##STR00660##

[1679] In the formula (42): [1680] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1681] R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1682] At least one of R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 is preferably a group represented by the formula (4a). More preferably, at least two of R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 are each a group represented by the formula (4a).

[1683] R.sub.404 and R.sub.411 are each preferably a group represented by the formula (4a).

[1684] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (4) is a compound formed by bonding a structure represented by a formula (4-1) or a formula (4-2) below to the ring A1.

[1685] Further, in an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (42) is a compound formed by bonding a structure represented by the formula (4-1) or the formula (4-2) to a ring bonded to R.sub.404 to R.sub.407.

##STR00661##

[1686] In the formula (4-1), two * are each independently bonded to a ring carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring atom of the heterocycle as the A1 ring in the formula (4) or bonded to one of R.sub.404 to R.sub.407 in the formula (42); [1687] in the formula (4-2), three * are each independently bonded to a ring carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring atom of the heterocycle as the A1 ring in the formula (4) or bonded to one of R.sub.404 to R.sub.407 in the formula (42); [1688] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.421 to R.sub.427 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1689] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.431 to R.sub.438 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1690] R.sub.421 to R.sub.427 and R.sub.431 to R.sub.438 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1691] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (4) is a compound represented by a formula (41-3), a formula (41-4) or a formula (41-5) below.

##STR00662##

[1692] In the formulae (41-3), (41-4), and (41-5): [1693] a ring A1 is as defined in the formula (4); [1694] R.sub.421 to R.sub.427 each independently represent the same as R.sub.421 to R.sub.427 in the formula (4-1); and [1695] R.sub.440 to R.sub.448 each independently represent the same as R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 in the formula (42).

[1696] In an exemplary embodiment, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms as the A1 ring in the formula (41-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorene ring.

[1697] In an exemplary embodiment, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms as the A1 ring in the formula (41-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring, a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.

[1698] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (4) or the formula (42) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by formulae (461) to (467) below.

##STR00663## ##STR00664## ##STR00665##

[1699] In the formulae (461), (462), (463), (464), (465), (466), and (467): [1700] R.sub.421 to R.sub.427 each independently represent the same as R.sub.421 to R.sub.427 in the formula (4-1); [1701] R.sub.431 to R.sub.438 each independently represent the same as R.sub.431 to R.sub.438 in the formula (4-2); [1702] R.sub.440 to R.sub.448 and R.sub.451 to R.sub.454 each independently represent the same as R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 in the formula (42); [1703] X.sub.4 is an oxygen atom, NR.sub.801, or C(R.sub.802)(R.sub.803); [1704] R.sub.801, R.sub.802, and R.sub.803 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; preferably, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [1705] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; [1706] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different; and [1707] when a plurality of R.sub.803 are present, the plurality of R.sub.803 are mutually the same or different.

[1708] In an exemplary embodiment, at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.401 to R.sub.411 in the compound represented by the formula (42) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, or mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring. In this exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (42) will be described in detail below as a compound represented by a formula (45) below.

Compound Represented by Formula (45)

[1709] The compound represented by the formula (45) will be described below.

##STR00666##

[1710] In the formula (45): two or more of combinations selected from the group consisting of a combination of R.sub.461 and R.sub.462, a combination of R.sub.462 and R.sub.463, a combination of R.sub.464 and R.sub.465, a combination of R.sub.465 and R.sub.466, a combination of R.sub.466 and R.sub.467, a combination of R.sub.468 and R.sub.469, a combination of R.sub.469 and R.sub.470, and a combination of R.sub.470 and R.sub.471 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring.

[1711] Here, the combination of R.sub.461 and R.sub.462 and the combination of R.sub.462 and R.sub.463; the combination of R.sub.464 and R.sub.465 and the combination of R.sub.465 and R.sub.466; the combination of R.sub.465 and R.sub.466 and the combination of R.sub.466 and R.sub.467; the combination of R.sub.468 and R.sub.469 and the combination of R.sub.469 and R.sub.470; and the combination of R.sub.469 and R.sub.470 and the combination of R.sub.470 and R.sub.471 do not simultaneously form a ring;

[1712] the two or more rings formed by R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 are mutually the same or different; and [1713] R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1714] In the formula (45), R.sub.n and R.sub.n+1 (n being an integer selected from 461, 462, 464 to 466, and 468 to 470) are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or fused ring together with two ring carbon atoms bonded to R.sub.n and R.sub.n+1. The ring is preferably formed of atoms selected from the group consisting of a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom, and is made of preferably 3 to 7 atoms, and more preferably 5 or 6 atoms.

[1715] The number of the above cyclic structures in the compound represented by the formula (45) is, for instance, 2, 3, or 4. The two or more of the cyclic structures may be present on the same benzene ring on the basic skeleton represented by the formula (45) or may be present on different benzene rings. For instance, when three cyclic structures are present, each of the cyclic structures may be present on the corresponding one of the three benzene rings of the formula (45).

[1716] Examples of the above cyclic structures in the compound represented by the formula (45) include structures represented by formulae (451) to (460) below.

##STR00667##

[1717] In the formulae (451) to (457): [1718] each combination of *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14 represents the two ring carbon atoms bonded to R.sub.n and R.sub.n+1;

[1719] the ring carbon atom bonded to R.sub.n may be any one of the two ring carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, *3 and *4, *5 and *6, *7 and *8, *9 and *10, *11 and *12, and *13 and *14; [1720] X.sub.45 is C(R.sub.4512)(R.sub.4513), NR.sub.4514, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [1721] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.4501 to R.sub.4506 and R.sub.4512 to R.sub.4513 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1722] R.sub.4501 to R.sub.4514 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring each independently represent the same as R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45).

##STR00668##

[1723] In the formulae (458) to (460): [1724] each combination of *1 and *2, and *3 and *4 represents the two ring carbon atoms bonded to R.sub.n and R.sub.n+1; [1725] the ring carbon atom bonded to R.sub.n may be any one of the two ring carbon atoms represented by *1 and *2, or *3 and *4; [1726] X.sub.45 is C(R.sub.4512)(R.sub.4513), NR.sub.4514, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [1727] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.4512 to R.sub.4513 and R.sub.4515 to R.sub.4525 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1728] R.sub.4512 to R.sub.4513, R.sub.4515 to R.sub.4521, and R.sub.4522 to R.sub.4525 forming neither the monocyclic ring nor the a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, and R.sub.4514 each independently represent the same as R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45).

[1729] In the formula (45), preferably, at least one of R.sub.462, R.sub.464, R.sub.465, R.sub.470 or R.sub.471 (preferably, at least one of R.sub.462, R.sub.465 or R.sub.470, more preferably R.sub.462) is a group forming no cyclic structure.

[1730] (i) In the formula (45), a substituent, if present, for a cyclic structure formed by R.sub.n and R.sub.n+1, (ii) in the formula (45), R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 forming no cyclic structure, and (iii) R.sub.4501 to R.sub.4514, R.sub.4515 to R.sub.4525 in the formulae (451) to (460) are preferably each independently a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or groups represented by formulae (461) to (464) below.

##STR00669##

[1731] In the formulae (461) to (464): [1732] R.sub.d is each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1733] X.sub.46 is C(R.sub.801)(R.sub.802), NR.sub.803, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [1734] R.sub.801, R.sub.802, and R.sub.803 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; preferably, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [1735] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; [1736] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different; [1737] when a plurality of R.sub.803 are present, the plurality of R.sub.803 are mutually the same or different; [1738] p1 is 5; [1739] p2 is 4; [1740] p3 is 3; [1741] p4 is 7; and [1742] * in the formulae (461) to (464) each independently represent a bonding position to a cyclic structure.

[1743] In the luminescent compound, R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 are as defined above.

[1744] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (45) is represented by one of formulae (45-1) to (45-6) below.

##STR00670##

[1745] In the formulae (45-1) to (45-6): [1746] rings d to i are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; and [1747] R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 each independently represent the same as R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45).

[1748] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (45) is represented by one of formulae (45-7) to (45-12) below.

##STR00671## ##STR00672##

[1749] In the formulae (45-7) to (45-12): [1750] rings d to f, k, and j are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; and [1751] R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 each independently represent the same as R.sub.481 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45).

[1752] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (45) is represented by one of formulae (45-13) to (45-21) below.

##STR00673## ##STR00674## ##STR00675##

[1753] In the formulae (45-13) to (45-21): [1754] rings d to k are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring or a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; and [1755] R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 each independently represent the same as R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45).

[1756] When the ring g or the ring h each further has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by the formula (461), a group represented by the formula (463), and a group represented by the formula (464).

[1757] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (45) is represented by one of formulae (45-22) to (45-25) below.

##STR00676##

[1758] In the formulae (45-22) to (45-25): [1759] X.sub.46 and X.sub.47 are each independently C(R.sub.801)(R.sub.802), NR.sub.803, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [1760] R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 and R.sub.481 to R.sub.488 each independently represent the same as R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45); [1761] R.sub.801, R.sub.802, and R.sub.803 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; preferably, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [1762] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; [1763] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different; and [1764] when a plurality of R.sub.803 are present, the plurality of R.sub.803 are mutually the same or different.

[1765] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (45) is represented by a formula (45-26) below.

##STR00677##

[1766] In the formula (45-26): [1767] X.sub.46 is C(R.sub.801)(R.sub.802), NR.sub.803, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; [1768] R.sub.463, R.sub.464, R.sub.467, R.sub.468, R.sub.471, and R.sub.481 to R.sub.492 each independently represent the same as R.sub.461 to R.sub.471 in the formula (45); [1769] R.sub.801, R.sub.802, and R.sub.803 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; preferably, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms; [1770] when a plurality of R.sub.801 are present, the plurality of R.sub.801 are mutually the same or different; [1771] when a plurality of R.sub.802 are present, the plurality of R.sub.802 are mutually the same or different; and [1772] when a plurality of R.sub.803 are present, the plurality of R.sub.803 are mutually the same or different.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (4)

[1773] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (4) include compounds as below. In the specific examples below, Ph represents a phenyl group, and D represents a deuterium atom.

##STR00678## ##STR00679## ##STR00680## ##STR00681## ##STR00682## ##STR00683## ##STR00684## ##STR00685## ##STR00686## ##STR00687## ##STR00688## ##STR00689## ##STR00690## ##STR00691## ##STR00692## ##STR00693## ##STR00694## ##STR00695## ##STR00696##

##STR00697## ##STR00698## ##STR00699## ##STR00700## ##STR00701## ##STR00702## ##STR00703## ##STR00704## ##STR00705## ##STR00706## ##STR00707## ##STR00708## ##STR00709## ##STR00710## ##STR00711## ##STR00712## ##STR00713## ##STR00714## ##STR00715## ##STR00716## ##STR00717## ##STR00718## ##STR00719##

Compound Represented by Formula (5)

[1774] The compound represented by the formula (5) will be described below. The compound represented by the formula (5) corresponds to a compound represented by the formula (41-3).

##STR00720##

[1775] In the formula (5): [1776] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.501 to R.sub.507 and R.sub.511 to R.sub.517 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1777] R.sub.501 to R.sub.507 and R.sub.511 to R.sub.517 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1778] R.sub.521 and R.sub.522 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1779] A combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.501 to R.sub.507 and R.sub.511 to R.sub.517 refers to, for instance, a combination of R.sub.501 and R.sub.502, a combination of R.sub.502 and R.sub.503, a combination of R.sub.503 and R.sub.504, a combination of R.sub.505 and R.sub.506, a combination of R.sub.506 and R.sub.507, and a combination of R.sub.501, R.sub.502, and R.sub.503.

[1780] In an exemplary embodiment, at least one, preferably two of R.sub.501 to R.sub.507 or R.sub.511 to R.sub.517 are each a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907).

[1781] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.501 to R.sub.507 and R.sub.511 to R.sub.517 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1782] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (5) is a compound represented by a formula (52) below.

##STR00721##

[1783] In the formula (52): [1784] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.531 to R.sub.534 and R.sub.541 to R.sub.544 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1785] R.sub.531 to R.sub.534, R.sub.541 to R.sub.544, R.sub.551, and R.sub.552 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1786] R.sub.561 to R.sub.564 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1787] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (5) is a compound represented by a formula (53) below.

##STR00722##

[1788] In the formula (53), R.sub.551, R.sub.552 and R.sub.561 to R.sub.564 each independently represent the same as R.sub.551, R.sub.552 and R.sub.561 to R.sub.564 in the formula (52).

[1789] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.561 to R.sub.564 in the formulae (52) and (53) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).

[1790] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.521 and R.sub.522 in the formula (5) and R.sub.551 and R.sub.552 in the formulae (52) and (53) are each a hydrogen atom.

[1791] In an exemplary arrangement, a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group in the formulae (5), (52), and (53) is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (5)

[1792] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (5) include compounds as below.

##STR00723## ##STR00724## ##STR00725## ##STR00726## ##STR00727## ##STR00728## ##STR00729## ##STR00730## ##STR00731## ##STR00732## ##STR00733## ##STR00734## ##STR00735## ##STR00736## ##STR00737## ##STR00738## ##STR00739## ##STR00740## ##STR00741## ##STR00742## ##STR00743## ##STR00744## ##STR00745## ##STR00746## ##STR00747## ##STR00748## ##STR00749## ##STR00750##

##STR00751## ##STR00752## ##STR00753## ##STR00754## ##STR00755## ##STR00756## ##STR00757## ##STR00758## ##STR00759## ##STR00760## ##STR00761## ##STR00762## ##STR00763## ##STR00764## ##STR00765## ##STR00766## ##STR00767## ##STR00768##

##STR00769## ##STR00770## ##STR00771## ##STR00772## ##STR00773## ##STR00774## ##STR00775## ##STR00776##

##STR00777## ##STR00778## ##STR00779## ##STR00780## ##STR00781## ##STR00782## ##STR00783## ##STR00784## ##STR00785## ##STR00786## ##STR00787## ##STR00788## ##STR00789## ##STR00790## ##STR00791##

Compound Represented by Formula (7)

[1793] The compound represented by the formula (7) will be described below.

##STR00792##

[1794] In the formula (7): [1795] a ring r is a ring represented by the formula (72) or the formula (73), the ring r being fused with adjacent ring(s) at any position(s); [1796] a ring q and a ring s are each independently a ring represented by the formula (74) and fused with adjacent ring(s) at any position(s); [1797] a ring p and a ring t are each independently a structure represented by the formula (75) or the formula (76) and fused with adjacent ring(s) at any position(s); [1798] X.sub.7 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR.sub.702; [1799] when a plurality of R.sub.701 are present, adjacent ones of the plurality of R.sub.701 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1800] R.sub.70 and R.sub.702 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1801] Ar.sub.701 and Ar.sub.702 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1802] L.sub.701 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1803] m1 is 0, 1, or 2; [1804] m2 is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; [1805] m3 is each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; [1806] m4 is each independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1807] when a plurality of R.sub.701 are present, the plurality of R.sub.701 are mutually the same or different; [1808] when a plurality of X.sub.7 are present, the plurality of X.sub.7 are mutually the same or different; [1809] when a plurality of R.sub.702 are present, the plurality of R.sub.702 are mutually the same or different; [1810] when a plurality of Ar.sub.701 are present, the plurality of Ar.sub.701 are mutually the same or different; [1811] when a plurality of Ar.sub.702 are present, the plurality of Ar.sub.702 are mutually the same or different; and [1812] when a plurality of L.sub.701 are present, the plurality of L.sub.701 are mutually the same or different.

[1813] In the formula (7), each of the ring p, ring q, ring r, ring s, and ring t is fused with an adjacent ring(s) sharing two carbon atoms. The fused position and orientation are not limited but may be defined as required.

[1814] In an exemplary embodiment, in the formula (72) or the formula (73) representing the ring r, m1=0 or m2=0 is satisfied.

[1815] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (7) is represented by any one of formulae (71-1) to (71-6) below.

##STR00793## ##STR00794##

[1816] In the formulae (71-1) to (71-6), R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, m1 and m3 respectively represent the same as R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, m1 and m3 in the formula (7).

[1817] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (7) is represented by any one of formulae (71-11) to (71-13) below.

##STR00795##

[1818] In the formulae (71-11) to (71-13), R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, m1, m3 and m4 respectively represent the same as R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, m1, m3 and m4 in the formula (7).

[1819] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (7) is represented by any one of formulae (71-21) to (71-25) below.

##STR00796##

[1820] In the formulae (71-21) to (71-25), R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, m1 and m4 respectively represent the same as R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, m1 and m4 in the formula (7).

[1821] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (7) is represented by any one of formulae (71-31) to (71-33) below.

##STR00797##

[1822] In the formulae (71-31) to (71-33), R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, and m2 to m4 respectively represent the same as R.sub.701, X.sub.7, Ar.sub.701, Ar.sub.702, L.sub.701, and m2 to m4 in the formula (7).

[1823] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.701 and Ar.sub.702 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1824] In an exemplary embodiment, one of Ar.sub.701 and Ar.sub.702 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and the other of Ar.sub.701 and Ar.sub.702 is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (7)

[1825] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (7) include compounds as below.

##STR00798## ##STR00799## ##STR00800## ##STR00801## ##STR00802## ##STR00803## ##STR00804## ##STR00805## ##STR00806## ##STR00807## ##STR00808## ##STR00809## ##STR00810## ##STR00811## ##STR00812## ##STR00813## ##STR00814## ##STR00815## ##STR00816## ##STR00817## ##STR00818##

##STR00819## ##STR00820##

Compound Represented by Formula (8)

[1826] The compound represented by the formula (8) will be described below.

##STR00821##

[1827] In the formula (8): [1828] at least one combination of a combination of R.sub.801 and R.sub.802, a combination of R.sub.802 and R.sub.803, and a combination of R.sub.803 and R.sub.804 are mutually bonded to form a divalent group represented by a formula (82) below; and [1829] at least one combination of a combination of R.sub.805 and R.sub.806, a combination of R.sub.806 and R.sub.807, and a combination of R.sub.807 and R.sub.808 are mutually bonded to form a divalent group represented by a formula (83) below.

##STR00822##

[1830] At least one of R.sub.801 to R.sub.804 not forming the divalent group represented by the formula (82) or R.sub.811 to R.sub.814 is a monovalent group represented by a formula (84) below; [1831] at least one of R.sub.805 to R.sub.808 not forming the divalent group represented by the formula (83) or R.sub.821 to R.sub.824 is a monovalent group represented by a formula (84) below; [1832] X.sub.8 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR.sub.809; and [1833] R.sub.801 to R.sub.808 not forming the divalent group represented by the formula (82) or (83) and not being the monovalent group represented by the formula (84), R.sub.811 to R.sub.814 and R.sub.821 to R.sub.824 not being the monovalent group represented by the formula (84), and R.sub.809 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

##STR00823##

[1834] In the formula (84): [1835] Ar.sub.801 and Ar.sub.802 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1836] L.sub.801 to L.sub.803 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by bonding two, three or four groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms; and [1837] * in the formula (84) represents a bonding position to a cyclic structure represented by the formula (8) or a bonding position to a group represented by the formula (82) or (83).

[1838] In the formula (8), the positions for the divalent group represented by the formula (82) and the divalent group represented by the formula (83) to be formed are not specifically limited but the divalent groups may be formed at any possible positions on R.sub.801 to R.sub.808.

[1839] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (8) is represented by any one of formulae (81-1) to (81-6) below.

##STR00824## ##STR00825##

[1840] In the formulae (81-1) to (81-6): [1841] X.sub.8 represents the same as X.sub.8 in the formula (8); [1842] at least two of R.sub.801 to R.sub.824 are each a monovalent group represented by the formula (84); and [1843] R.sub.801 to R.sub.824 not being the monovalent group represented by the formula (84) are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1844] In an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (8) is represented by any one of formulae (81-7) to (81-18) below.

##STR00826## ##STR00827## ##STR00828##

[1845] In the formulae (81-7) to (81-18): [1846] X.sub.8 represents the same as X.sub.8 in the formula (8); [1847] * is a single bond bonded to a monovalent group represented by the formula (84); and [1848] R.sub.801 to R.sub.824 each independently represent the same as R.sub.801 to R.sub.824 in the formulae (81-1) to (81-6) not being the monovalent group represented by the formula (84).

[1849] R.sub.801 to R.sub.808 not forming the divalent group represented by the formula (82) or (83) and not being the monovalent group represented by the formula (84), and R.sub.811 to R.sub.814 and R.sub.821 to R.sub.824 not being the monovalent group represented by the formula (84) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1850] The monovalent group represented by the formula (84) is preferably represented by a formula (85) or (86) below.

##STR00829##

[1851] In the formula (85): [1852] R.sub.831 to R.sub.840 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1853] * in the formula (85) represents the same as * in the formula (84).

##STR00830##

[1854] In the formula (86): [1855] Ar.sub.801, L.sub.801, and L.sub.803 represent the same as Ar.sub.801, L.sub.801, and L.sub.803 in the formula (84); and

[1856] HAr.sub.801 is a structure represented by a formula (87) below.

##STR00831##

[1857] In the formula (87): [1858] X.sub.81 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1859] one of R.sub.841 to R.sub.848 is a single bond with L.sub.803; and [1860] R.sub.841 to R.sub.848 not being the single bond are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (8)

[1861] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (8) include compounds given below as well as the compounds disclosed in WO 2014/104144.

##STR00832## ##STR00833## ##STR00834## ##STR00835## ##STR00836## ##STR00837## ##STR00838## ##STR00839## ##STR00840## ##STR00841## ##STR00842## ##STR00843## ##STR00844##

##STR00845## ##STR00846## ##STR00847## ##STR00848##

Compound Represented by Formula (9)

[1862] The compound represented by the formula (9) will be described below.

##STR00849##

[1863] In the formula (9): [1864] A.sub.91 ring and A.sub.92 ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1865] at least one of the ring A.sub.91 or the ring A.sub.92 is bonded with * in a structure represented by a formula (92) below.

##STR00850##

[1866] In the formula (92): [1867] a ring A.sub.93 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1868] X.sub.9 is NR.sub.93, C(R.sub.94)(R.sub.95), Si(R.sub.96)(R.sub.97), Ge(R.sub.98)(R.sub.99), an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a selenium atom; [1869] R.sub.91 and R.sub.92 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [1870] R.sub.91 and R.sub.92 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, and and R.sub.93 to R.sub.99 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1871] At least one of the ring A.sub.91 or the ring A.sub.92 is bonded to * in a structure represented by the formula (92). In other words, the ring carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the ring atoms of the heterocycle of the ring A.sub.91 in an exemplary embodiment are bonded to * in a structure represented by the formula (92). Further, the ring carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the ring atoms of the heterocycle of the ring A.sub.92 in an exemplary embodiment are bonded to * in a structure represented by the formula (92).

[1872] In an exemplary embodiment, a group represented by a formula (93) below is bonded to one or both of the ring A.sub.91 and the ring A.sub.92.

##STR00851##

[1873] In the formula (93): [1874] Ar.sub.91 and Ar.sub.92 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1875] L.sub.91 to L.sub.93 are each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by bonding two, three or four groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atoms; and [1876] * in the formula (93) represents a bonding position to one of the ring A.sub.91 and the ring A.sub.92.

[1877] In an exemplary embodiment, in addition to the ring A.sub.91, the ring carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the ring atoms of the heterocycle of the ring A.sub.92 are bonded to * in a structure represented by the formula (92). In this case, the structures represented by the formula (92) may be mutually the same or different.

[1878] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.91 and R.sub.92 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1879] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.91 and R.sub.92 are mutually bonded to form a fluorene structure.

[1880] In an exemplary embodiment, the rings A.sub.91 and A.sub.92 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, example of which is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.

[1881] In an exemplary embodiment, the ring A.sub.93 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, example of which is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.

[1882] In an exemplary embodiment, X.sub.9 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (9)

[1883] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (9) include compounds as below.

##STR00852## ##STR00853## ##STR00854## ##STR00855## ##STR00856## ##STR00857## ##STR00858## ##STR00859## ##STR00860## ##STR00861## ##STR00862## ##STR00863## ##STR00864## ##STR00865## ##STR00866## ##STR00867## ##STR00868##

Compound Represented by Formula (10)

[1884] The compound represented by the formula (10) will be described below.

##STR00869##

[1885] In the formula (10): [1886] a ring Ax.sub.1 is a ring represented by the formula (10a) that is fused with adjacent ring(s) at any position(s); [1887] a ring Ax.sub.2 is a ring represented by the formula (10b) that is fused with adjacent ring(s) at any position(s); [1888] two * in the formula (10b) are bonded to a ring Ax.sub.3 at any position(s); [1889] X.sub.A and X.sub.B are each independently C(R.sub.1003)(R.sub.1004), Si(R.sub.1005)(R.sub.1006), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; [1890] Ax.sub.3 ring is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1891] Ar.sub.1001 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1892] R.sub.1001 to R.sub.1006 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1893] mx1 is 3, and mx2 is 2; [1894] a plurality of R.sub.1001 are mutually the same or different; [1895] ax is 0, 1, or 2; [1896] when ax is 0 or 1, the structures enclosed by brackets indicated by 3-ax are mutually the same or different; and [1897] when ax is 2, a plurality of Ar.sub.1001 are mutually the same or different.

[1898] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.1001 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.

[1899] In an exemplary embodiment, Ax.sub.3 ring is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, example of which is a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring.

[1900] In an exemplary embodiment, R.sub.1003 and R.sub.1004 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.

[1901] In an exemplary embodiment, ax is 1.

Specific Examples of Compound Represented by Formula (10)

[1902] Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (10) include compounds as below.

##STR00870## ##STR00871## ##STR00872##

[1903] In an exemplary embodiment, the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in each of the above formulae is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1904] In an exemplary embodiment, the substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in each of the above formulae is an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, or an unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

Electron Transporting Zone

[1905] An electron transporting zone is disposed between the emitting region and the cathode. An organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may include a first electron transporting zone provided between the cathode and the first emitting region.

Electron Transporting Layer

[1906] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the first electron transporting zone includes at least one electron transporting layer. The at least one electron transporting layer in the first electron transporting zone contains a nitrogen-containing compound that has at least one of a five-membered ring having a nitrogen atom or a six-membered ring having a nitrogen atom.

[1907] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the at least one electron transporting layer in the electron transporting zone contains, as a nitrogen-containing compound, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an imidazole derivative, benzimidazole derivative, azine derivative, carbazole derivative, and phenanthroline derivative.

[1908] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the at least one electron transporting layer in the first electron transporting zone contains, as a nitrogen-containing compound, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an imidazole derivative, benzimidazole derivative, azine derivative, carbazole derivative, and phenanthroline derivative.

Phenanthroline Derivative

[1909] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, at least one electron transporting layer in the electron transporting zone contains a phenanthroline derivative as a nitrogen-containing compound.

[1910] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline derivative (phenanthroline compound) contained in the electron transporting layer is a compound represented by a formula (20) below and having at least one group represented by a formula (21) below.

##STR00873##

[1911] In the formula (20): [1912] X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 are each independently a nitrogen atom, CR.sub.21, or a carbon atom bonded to a group represented by the formula (21); [1913] at least one of X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 is a carbon atom bonded to a group represented by the formula (21); [1914] when a plurality of groups represented by the formula (21) are present, the plurality of groups represented by the formula (21) are mutually the same or different; [1915] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of a plurality of R.sub.21 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1916] R.sub.21 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted haloalkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a group represented by C(O) R.sub.931, a group represented by COOR.sub.932, a group represented by S(O).sub.2R.sub.933, a group represented by B(R.sub.934)(R.sub.935), a group represented by P(O)(R.sub.936)(R.sub.937), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1917] In the formula (21): [1918] Ar.sub.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1919] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; [1920] when two or more Ar.sub.2 are present, the two or more Ar.sub.2 are mutually the same or different; [1921] L.sub.2 is a single bond or a linking group; [1922] L.sub.2 as the linking group is a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a polyvalent multiple linking group provided by bonding two or three groups selected from the polyvalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the polyvalent heterocyclic group; [1923] the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the heterocyclic group forming L.sub.2 as the multiple linking group are mutually the same or different, and adjacent ones thereof are mutually bonded to form a ring, or not mutually bonded; [1924] Ar.sub.2 and L.sub.2 as the linking group are mutually bonded to form a ring, or not mutually bonded; [1925] L.sub.2 as the linking group, and a carbon atom in one of X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 adjacent to a carbon atom bonded to L.sub.2, or R.sub.21 in CR.sub.21 are mutually bonded to form a ring, or not mutually bonded; and [1926] * in the formula (21) represents a bonding position to a ring represented by the formula (20); [1927] In the phenanthroline compound, R.sub.901, R.sub.902, R.sub.903, R.sub.904, R.sub.905, R.sub.906, R.sub.907, R.sub.931, R.sub.932, R.sub.933, R.sub.934, R.sub.935, R.sub.936 and R.sub.937 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [1928] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [1929] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [1930] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [1931] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [1932] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [1933] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; [1934] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different; [1935] when a plurality of R.sub.931 are present, the plurality of R.sub.931 are mutually the same or different; [1936] when a plurality of R.sub.932 are present, the plurality of R.sub.932 are mutually the same or different; [1937] when a plurality of R.sub.933 are present, the plurality of R.sub.933 are mutually the same or different; [1938] when a plurality of R.sub.934 are present, the plurality of R.sub.934 are mutually the same or different; [1939] when a plurality of R.sub.935 are present, the plurality of R.sub.935 are mutually the same or different; [1940] when a plurality of R.sub.936 are present, the plurality of R.sub.936 are mutually the same or different; and [1941] when a plurality of R.sub.937 are present, the plurality of R.sub.937 are mutually the same or different.

[1942] A group represented by O(R.sub.904) herein in which R.sub.904 is a hydrogen atom is a hydroxy group.

[1943] A group represented by S(R.sub.905) herein in which R.sub.905 is a hydrogen atom is a thiol group.

[1944] A group represented by S(O).sub.2R.sub.933 herein in which R.sub.933 is a substituent is a substituted sulfo group.

[1945] A group represented by B(R.sub.934)(R.sub.935) herein in which R.sub.934 and R.sub.935 are each a substituent is a substituted boryl group.

[1946] A group represented by P(O)(R.sub.936)(R.sub.937) herein in which R.sub.936 and R.sub.937 are each a substituent is a substituted phosphine oxide group, and a group represented by P(O)(R.sub.936)(R.sub.937) herein in which R.sub.936 and R.sub.937 are each an aryl group is an aryl phosphoryl group.

[1947] An unsubstituted polyvalent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

[1948] An unsubstituted polyvalent aromatic hydrocarbon group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms.

[1949] An unsubstituted polyvalent heterocyclic group mentioned herein has, unless otherwise specified herein, 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[1950] In an exemplary embodiment, a heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms in Ar.sub.2 of the formula (21) contains a substituted or unsubstituted group derived from a cyclic structure represented by the formula (20).

[1951] In an exemplary embodiment, X.sub.21 and X.sub.28 in the formula (20) are each a carbon atom bonded to a group represented by the formula (21).

[1952] In an exemplary embodiment, one of X.sub.21 and X.sub.28 in the formula (20) is a carbon atom bonded to a group represented by the formula (21), and the other of X.sub.21 and X.sub.28 in the formula (20) is a carbon atom bonded to a hydrogen atom.

[1953] In an exemplary embodiment, X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 in the formula (20) are each independently CR.sub.21 or a carbon atom bonded to a group represented by the formula (21).

[1954] In an exemplary embodiment, X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 in the formula (20) not being the carbon atom bonded to the group represented by the formula (21) are each CR.sub.21. In other words, in an exemplary embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (20) is a 1,10-phenanthroline derivative.

[1955] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.2 in the formula (21) is a substituted or unsubstituted fused aromatic hydrocarbon group having 8 to 20 ring carbon atoms.

[1956] In an exemplary embodiment, the fused aromatic hydrocarbon group having 8 to 20 ring carbon atoms is, for instance, a group derived from any one of aromatic hydrocarbons selected from the group consisting of naphthalene, anthracene, acephenanthrylene, aceanthrylene, benzoanthracene, triphenylene, pyrene, chrysene, naphthacene, fluorene, phenanthrene, fluoranthene and benzofluoranthene.

[1957] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.2 in the formula (21) is a substituted or unsubstituted anthryl group.

[1958] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.2 in the formula (21) is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 40 ring carbon atoms.

[1959] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.2 in the formula (21) is a substituted or unsubstituted group derived from the cyclic structure represented by the formula (20).

[1960] In an exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.2 in the formula (21) is a group represented by a formula (23) below.

##STR00874##

[1961] In the formula (23): [1962] X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 are each independently a nitrogen atom, CR.sub.21, a group represented by the formula (21), or a carbon atom bonded to L.sub.22 or L.sub.23; [1963] L.sub.21 is a linking group, and L.sub.21 as the linking group is a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted trivalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [1964] L.sub.22 and L.sub.23 are each independently a single bond or a linking group, and L.sub.22 and L.sub.23 as the linking group are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted divalent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[1965] In the formula of the phenanthroline compound: [1966] when a plurality of X.sub.21 are present, the plurality of X.sub.21 are mutually the same or different; [1967] when a plurality of X.sub.22 are present, the plurality of X.sub.22 are mutually the same or different; [1968] when a plurality of X.sub.23 are present, the plurality of X.sub.23 are mutually the same or different; [1969] when a plurality of X.sub.24 are present, the plurality of X.sub.24 are mutually the same or different; [1970] when a plurality of X.sub.25 are present, the plurality of X.sub.25 are mutually the same or different; [1971] when a plurality of X.sub.26 are present, the plurality of X.sub.26 are mutually the same or different; [1972] when a plurality of X.sub.27 are present, the plurality of X.sub.27 are mutually the same or different; and [1973] when a plurality of X.sub.28 are present, the plurality of X.sub.28 are mutually the same or different.

[1974] In an exemplary embodiment, X.sub.21 to X.sub.28 in the formula (23) are preferably each independently a nitrogen atom, CR.sub.21, or a carbon atom bonded to L.sub.22 or L.sub.23, more preferably CR.sub.21 or a carbon atom bonded to L.sub.22 or L.sub.23.

[1975] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (24) below.

##STR00875##

[1976] In the formula (24): [1977] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [1978] a plurality of R.sub.22 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [1979] L.sub.2 represents the same as L.sub.2 in the formula (21); [1980] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and [1981] a plurality of R.sub.22 and L.sub.2 are each bonded to a carbon atom at one of positions 1 to 10 of an anthracene ring.

[1982] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (24A) below.

##STR00876##

[1983] In the formula (24A): [1984] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [1985] a plurality of R.sub.22 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); and [1986] L.sub.2 represents the same as L.sub.2 in the formula (21).

[1987] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (24B) below.

##STR00877##

[1988] In the formula (24B): [1989] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [1990] a plurality of R.sub.22 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); and [1991] L.sub.2 represents the same as L.sub.2 in the formula (21).

[1992] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (25) below.

##STR00878##

[1993] In the formula (25): [1994] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [1995] a plurality of R.sub.22 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [1996] L.sub.2 represents the same as L.sub.2 in the formula (21); [1997] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and [1998] a plurality of R.sub.22 and L.sub.2 are each bonded to a carbon atom at one of positions 2 to 9 of a phenanthroline ring.

[1999] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (25A) below.

##STR00879##

[2000] In the formula (25A): [2001] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2002] a plurality of R.sub.22 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); and [2003] L.sub.2 represents the same as L.sub.2 in the formula (21).

[2004] In an exemplary embodiment, L.sub.2 in the formulae (24), (24A), (24B), (25) and (25A) is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2005] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (25B) below.

##STR00880##

[2006] In the formula (25B): [2007] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2008] a plurality of R.sub.22 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2009] L.sub.3 is a linking group, and L.sub.3 as the linking group is a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent linear, branched or cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted polyvalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a polyvalent multiple linking group provided by bonding two or three groups selected from the polyvalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the polyvalent heterocyclic group; [2010] the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the heterocyclic group forming L.sub.3 as the multiple linking group are mutually the same or different, and adjacent ones thereof are mutually bonded to form a ring, or not mutually bonded; [2011] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and [2012] a plurality of R.sub.22 and L.sub.3 are each bonded to a carbon atom at one of positions 1 to 10 of a phenanthrene ring.

[2013] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (25C) below.

##STR00881##

[2014] In the formula (25C): [2015] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2016] one of R.sub.221 to R.sub.230 is a single bond with L.sub.3, and R.sub.221 to R.sub.230 not being the single bond with L.sub.3 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2017] L.sub.3 is a linking group, and L.sub.3 as the linking group represents the same as L.sub.3 as the linking group in the formula (25B); and [2018] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

[2019] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (25D) below.

##STR00882##

[2020] In the formula (25D): [2021] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2022] one of R.sub.221 to R.sub.232 is a single bond with L.sub.3, and R.sub.221 to R.sub.232 not being the single bond with L.sub.3 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2023] L.sub.3 is a linking group, and L.sub.3 as the linking group represents the same as L.sub.3 as the linking group in the formula (25B); and [2024] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

[2025] In an exemplary embodiment, the phenanthroline compound is a compound represented by a formula (25E) below.

##STR00883##

[2026] In the formula (25E): [2027] a plurality of R.sub.21 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2028] one of R.sub.221 to R.sub.230 is a single bond with L.sub.3, and R.sub.221 to R.sub.230 not being the single bond with L.sub.3 each independently represent the same as R.sub.21 in the formula (20); [2029] L.sub.3 is a linking group, and L.sub.3 as the linking group represents the same as L.sub.3 as the linking group in the formula (25B); and [2030] p is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

[2031] Also preferably, L.sub.3 in the formulae (25B), (25C), (25D) and (25E) are each a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

Method for Producing Phenanthroline Compound

[2032] The phenanthroline compound can be produced by a known method. The phenanthroline compound also can be produced based on a known method through a known alternative reaction using a known material(s) tailored for the target compound.

Azine Derivative

[2033] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, at least one electron transporting layer in the electron transporting zone contains an azine derivative as a nitrogen-containing compound.

[2034] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the azine derivative contained in the electron transporting layer is a compound represented by a formula (E42) below.

##STR00884##

[2035] In the formula (E42): [2036] X.sub.401 to X.sub.403 are each independently CR.sub.4204 or a nitrogen atom; [2037] at least one of X.sub.401 to X.sub.403 is a nitrogen atom; [2038] when two or more R.sub.4204 are present, the two or more R.sub.4204 are mutually the same or different; and [2039] R.sub.4201 to R.sub.4204 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2040] R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 in the azine derivative are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [2041] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [2042] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [2043] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of R.sub.903 are mutually the same or different; [2044] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [2045] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [2046] when a plurality of R.sub.906 are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [2047] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[2048] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the azine derivative contained in the electron transporting layer is a compound represented by a formula (E421) below.

##STR00885##

[2049] In the formula (E421): [2050] X.sub.401 to X.sub.403 and R.sub.4201 and R.sub.4202 each independently represent the same as X.sub.401 to X.sub.403 and R.sub.4201 and R.sub.4202 in the formula (E42); [2051] n.sub.4 is 1, 2, or 3; [2052] L.sub.421 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a trivalent group or tetravalent group derived from the arylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, a trivalent group or tetravalent group derived from the divalent heterocyclic group, or a divalent group formed by bonding two groups selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a trivalent group or tetravalent group derived from the divalent group; [2053] Ar.sub.421 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [2054] when n.sub.4 is 2 or 3, Ar.sub.421 are mutually the same or different; and [2055] when n.sub.4 is 2 or 3, L.sub.421 is not a single bond.

[2056] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the azine derivative contained in the electron transporting layer is a compound represented by each of a formula (E422) and a formula (E423) below.

##STR00886##

[2057] In the formula (E422): [2058] n.sub.4, X.sub.401 to X.sub.403, R.sub.4201 and R.sub.4202 each independently represent the same as n.sub.4, X.sub.401 to X.sub.403, R.sub.4201 and R.sub.4202 in the formula (E42); [2059] L.sub.421 represents the same as L.sub.421 in the formula (E421); and [2060] Ar.sub.422 is a group represented by the formula (E423).

[2061] In the formula (E423): [2062] X.sub.404 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, N(R.sub.4221) or C(R.sub.4222)(R.sub.4223); one of R.sub.4211 to R.sub.4218 and R.sub.4221 to R.sub.4223 is a single bond with L.sub.421; [2063] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.4211 to R.sub.4218 not being the single bond with L.sub.421 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [2064] a combination of R.sub.4222 and R.sub.4223 not being the single bond with L.sub.421 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [2065] R.sub.4211 to R.sub.4218 not being the single bond with L.sub.421 and forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, R.sub.4221, and R.sub.4222 and R.sub.4223 not being the single bond with L.sub.421 and forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [2066] when n.sub.4 is 2 or 3, [2067] a plurality of X.sub.404 are mutually the same or different; [2068] a plurality of R.sub.4211 are mutually the same or different; [2069] a plurality of R.sub.4212 are mutually the same or different; [2070] a plurality of R.sub.4213 are mutually the same or different; [2071] a plurality of R.sub.4214 are mutually the same or different; [2072] a plurality of R.sub.4215 are mutually the same or different; [2073] a plurality of R.sub.4216 are mutually the same or different; [2074] a plurality of R.sub.4217 are mutually the same or different; and [2075] a plurality of R.sub.4218 are mutually the same or different.

[2076] In the formulae (E422) and (E423), R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 each independently represent the same as R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 in the azine derivative.

[2077] When n.sub.4 is 1 in the formula (E421), for instance, the group represented by (Ar.sub.421).sub.n4-L.sub.421-* in the formula (E421) is represented by a formula (E421-1) below. In this arrangement, L.sub.421 is a divalent linking group. * represents a bonding position with a six-membered ring in the formula (E421).

[2078] When n.sub.4 is 2 in the formula (E421), the group represented by (Ar.sub.421).sub.n4-L.sub.421-* in the formula (E421) is represented by a formula (E421-2) below. Ar.sub.421 are mutually the same or different. In this arrangement, L.sub.421 is a trivalent linking group.

[2079] When n.sub.4 is 3 in the formula (E421), the group represented by (Ar.sub.421) n.sub.4-L.sub.421-* in the formula (E421) is represented by a formula (E421-3) below. Ar.sub.421 are mutually the same or different. In this arrangement, L.sub.421 is a tetravalent linking group. The same applies to a group represented by (Ar.sub.422).sub.n4-L.sub.421-* in the formula (E422).

##STR00887##

[2080] In the formulae (E421-1), (E421-2) and (E421-3), * each represent a bonding position with a six-membered ring in the formula (E421).

[2081] In the formulae (E421) and (E422), L.sub.421 as the linking group is preferably a divalent or trivalent group derived from any of benzene, biphenyl, terphenyl, naphthalene and phenanthrene.

[2082] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a substituent for a substituted or unsubstituted group in the azine derivative is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms, and heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.

[2083] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a substituent for the substituted or unsubstituted group in the azine derivative is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

[2084] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted in the azine derivative are each an unsubstituted group.

Benzimidazole Derivative

[2085] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, at least one electron transporting layer in the electron transporting zone contains a benzimidazole derivative as a nitrogen-containing compound.

[2086] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the benzimidazole derivative contained in the electron transporting layer is a compound represented by a formula (E41) below.

##STR00888##

[2087] In the formula (E41): [2088] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.41 to R.sub.46 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; and [2089] R.sub.41 to R.sub.46 forming neither the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring nor the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2090] In the formula (E41), R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [2091] when a plurality of R.sub.901 are present, the plurality of R.sub.901 are mutually the same or different; [2092] when a plurality of R.sub.902 are present, the plurality of R.sub.902 are mutually the same or different; [2093] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of Roos are mutually the same or different; [2094] when a plurality of R.sub.904 are present, the plurality of R.sub.904 are mutually the same or different; [2095] when a plurality of R.sub.905 are present, the plurality of R.sub.905 are mutually the same or different; [2096] when a plurality of Roos are present, the plurality of R.sub.906 are mutually the same or different; and [2097] when a plurality of R.sub.907 are present, the plurality of R.sub.907 are mutually the same or different.

[2098] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device according to each exemplary embodiment, the benzimidazole derivative contained in the electron transporting layer is a compound represented by a formula (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D) or (E41E) below.

##STR00889##

[2099] In the formulae (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D) and (E41E): [2100] R.sub.41 to R.sub.46 each independently represent the same as R.sub.41 to R.sub.46 in the formula [2101] (E41); [2102] L.sub.41 is a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [2103] Ar.sub.41 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [2104] R.sub.904 represents the same as R.sub.904 in the benzimidazole derivative.

[2105] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of the exemplary embodiment, Ar.sub.41 in the formulae (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D), and (E41E) is a group represented by a formula (E412) below.

##STR00890##

[2106] In the formula (E412): [2107] one of R.sub.481 to R.sub.489 is a single bond with L.sub.41; [2108] at least one combination of adjacent two or more of R.sub.481 to R.sub.489 not being the single bond with L.sub.41 are mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, mutually bonded to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring, or not mutually bonded; [2109] R.sub.481 to R.sub.489 not being the single bond with L.sub.41, not forming the substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic ring, and not forming the substituted or unsubstituted fused ring are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, a group represented by Si(R.sub.901)(R.sub.902)(R.sub.903), a group represented by O(R.sub.904), a group represented by S(R.sub.905), a group represented by N(R.sub.906)(R.sub.907), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; [2110] L.sub.42 is each independently a single bond, a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms; and [2111] Ar.sub.42 is each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.

[2112] In the formula (E412), R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 each independently represent the same 5 as R.sub.901 to R.sub.907 in the benzimidazole derivative.

[2113] In the formulae (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D) and (E41E): L.sub.41 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyridinylene group, or a substituted or unsubstituted 9,9-spirobifluorenylene group.

[2114] In the formulae (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D) and (E41E): L.sub.41 is preferably an unsubstituted phenylene group, an unsubstituted biphenylene group, an unsubstituted naphthylene group, an unsubstituted pyridinylene group, or an unsubstituted 9,9-spirobifluorenylene group.

[2115] In the formulae (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D) and (E41E): Ar.sub.41 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted biphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted terphenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenanthryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted fluoranthenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted pyrenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group.

[2116] In the formulae (E41A), (E41B), (E41C), (E41D) and (E41E): Ar.sub.41 is preferably an unsubstituted phenyl group, an unsubstituted biphenyl group, an unsubstituted terphenyl group, an unsubstituted naphthyl group, an unsubstituted phenanthryl group, an unsubstituted fluoranthenyl group, an unsubstituted pyrenyl group, or an unsubstituted 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group.

[2117] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the benzimidazole derivative is a compound represented by a formula (E413) below.

##STR00891##

[2118] In the formula (E413): [2119] R.sub.41 to R.sub.45 and L.sub.41 each independently represent the same as R.sub.41 to R.sub.45 and L.sub.41 in the formula (E41A); and [2120] R.sub.481 to R.sub.488, L.sub.42 and Ar.sub.42 each independently represent the same as R.sub.481 to R.sub.488, L.sub.42 and Ar.sub.42 in the formula (E412).

[2121] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the groups specified to be substituted or unsubstituted in the benzimidazole derivative are each an unsubstituted group.

Specific Examples of Nitrogen-Containing Compound

[2122] Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing compound include the following compounds. However, the invention is by no means limited to the specifically listed nitrogen-containing compounds.

##STR00892## ##STR00893## ##STR00894## ##STR00895## ##STR00896## ##STR00897## ##STR00898## ##STR00899## ##STR00900## ##STR00901## ##STR00902## ##STR00903## ##STR00904## ##STR00905## ##STR00906## ##STR00907## ##STR00908## ##STR00909## ##STR00910## ##STR00911## ##STR00912##

##STR00913## ##STR00914## ##STR00915## ##STR00916## ##STR00917## ##STR00918## ##STR00919## ##STR00920## ##STR00921## ##STR00922## ##STR00923## ##STR00924## ##STR00925## ##STR00926## ##STR00927## ##STR00928## ##STR00929##

##STR00930## ##STR00931## ##STR00932## ##STR00933## ##STR00934## ##STR00935## ##STR00936## ##STR00937## ##STR00938## ##STR00939## ##STR00940## ##STR00941## ##STR00942## ##STR00943## ##STR00944## ##STR00945## ##STR00946## ##STR00947## ##STR00948## ##STR00949## ##STR00950## ##STR00951## ##STR00952## ##STR00953## ##STR00954## ##STR00955## ##STR00956## ##STR00957## ##STR00958## ##STR00959## ##STR00960##

##STR00961## ##STR00962## ##STR00963## ##STR00964## ##STR00965## ##STR00966## ##STR00967## ##STR00968## ##STR00969## ##STR00970## ##STR00971## ##STR00972## ##STR00973## ##STR00974## ##STR00975## ##STR00976## ##STR00977## ##STR00978## ##STR00979## ##STR00980##

##STR00981## ##STR00982## ##STR00983## ##STR00984## ##STR00985## ##STR00986## ##STR00987## ##STR00988## ##STR00989## ##STR00990## ##STR00991## ##STR00992## ##STR00993## ##STR00994## ##STR00995## ##STR00996## ##STR00997## ##STR00998##

##STR00999## ##STR01000## ##STR01001## ##STR01002## ##STR01003## ##STR01004## ##STR01005##

[2123] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the electron transporting layer is provided between the first emitting region and the cathode. In the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the electron transporting layer that may be included in the electron transporting zone is not limited to the electron transporting layer containing the nitrogen-containing compound.

[2124] The electron transporting layer is a layer containing a highly electron-transportable substance. For the electron transporting layer, 1) a metal complex such as an aluminum complex, beryllium complex, and zinc complex, 2) a hetero aromatic compound such as imidazole derivative, benzimidazole derivative, azine derivative, carbazole derivative, and phenanthroline derivative, and 3) a high polymer compound are usable. Specifically, as a low-molecule organic compound, for instance, a metal complex such as Alq, tris(4-methyl-8-quinolinolato)aluminum (abbreviation: Almq.sub.3), bis(10-hydroxybenzo[h]quinolinato) beryllium (abbreviation: BeBq.sub.2), BAlq, Znq, ZnPBO and ZnBTZ is usable. In addition to the metal complex, a heteroaromatic compound such as 2-(4-biphenylyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviation: PBD), 1,3-bis[5-(ptert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-yl]benzene (abbreviation: OXD-7), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-biphenylyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: TAZ), 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(4-ethylphenyl)-5-(4-biphenylyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: p-EtTAZ), bathophenanthroline (abbreviation: BPhen), bathocuproine (abbreviation: BCP), and 4,4-bis(5-methylbenzoxazole-2-yl) stilbene (abbreviation: BzOs) is also usable. In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, a nitrogen-containing compound (preferably benzimidazole compound) is suitably usable. The above-described substances mostly have an electron mobility of 10.sup.6 cm.sup.2/Vs or more. It should be noted that any substance other than the above substance may be used for the electron transporting layer as long as the substance exhibits a higher electron transportability than the hole transportability. The electron transporting layer may be a single layer or a laminate of two or more layers formed of the above substance.

[2125] Further, a high polymer compound is usable for the electron transporting layer. For instance, poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl)](abbreviation: PF-Py), and poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(2,2-bipyridine-6,6-diyl)] (abbreviation: PF-BPy) are usable.

Hole Blocking Layer

[2126] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the electron transporting zone may include a hole blocking layer. An electron transporting layer disposed to a side close to the cathode of the emitting layer is occasionally referred to as a hole blocking layer.

[2127] The hole blocking layer is preferably a layer transporting electrons and blocking holes from reaching a layer close to the cathode (e.g., electron transporting layer and electron injecting layer) beyond the hole blocking layer. The compound contained in the hole blocking layer is exemplified by a compound used in a known hole blocking layer. The compound contained in the hole blocking layer, which is similar to a compound usable in the electron transporting layer, is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a metal complex, a heteroaromatic compound, and a high polymer compound. The compound contained in the hole blocking layer may be a nitrogen-containing compound, for instance, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an imidazole derivative, benzimidazole derivative, azine derivative, carbazole derivative, and phenanthroline derivative.

[2128] In order to prevent excitation energy from leaking out from the emitting layer toward neighboring layer(s), the hole blocking layer is also preferably a layer blocking excitons generated in the emitting layer from being transferred to a layer(s) closer to the cathode (e.g., the electron transporting layer and the electron injecting layer) beyond the hole blocking layer.

Electron Injecting Layer

[2129] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the electron transporting zone may include an electron injecting layer.

[2130] The electron injecting layer is a layer containing a highly electron-injectable substance. Examples of a material for the electron injecting layer include an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and a compound thereof, examples of which include lithium (Li), cesium (Cs), calcium (Ca), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF.sub.2), and lithium oxide (LiOx). In addition, the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal or the compound thereof may be added to the substance exhibiting the electron transportability in use. Specifically, for instance, magnesium (Mg) added to Alq may be used. In this case, the electrons can be more efficiently injected from the cathode.

[2131] Alternatively, the electron injecting layer may be provided by a composite material in a form of a mixture of the organic compound and the electron donor. Such a composite material exhibits excellent electron injectability and electron transportability since electrons are generated in the organic compound by the electron donor. In this case, the organic compound is preferably a material excellent in transporting the generated electrons. Specifically, the above examples (e.g., the metal complex and the hetero aromatic compound) of the substance forming the electron transporting layer are usable. As the electron donor, any substance exhibiting electron donating property to the organic compound is usable. Specifically, the electron donor is preferably alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and rare earth metal such as lithium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium and ytterbium. The electron donor is also preferably alkali metal oxide and alkaline earth metal oxide such as lithium oxide, calcium oxide, and barium oxide. Moreover, a Lewis base such as magnesium oxide is also usable. Further, the organic compound such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviation: TTF) is also usable.

Schematic Arrangements of Organic EL Devices

[2132] FIGS. 1 to 6 schematically depict exemplary arrangements of organic EL devices according to the first exemplary embodiment, the second exemplary embodiment, and the third exemplary embodiment.

[2133] An organic EL device 1 depicted in FIG. 1 includes a substrate 2, an anode 3, a cathode 4, and an organic layer 10 provided between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10 includes a first hole transporting zone 6, a first emitting region 5, and a first electron transporting zone 7 in this order from a side close to the anode 3. The first hole transporting zone 6 includes a first anode-side organic layer 61, a third anode-side organic layer 63, and a second anode-side organic layer 62 in this order from a side close to the anode 3. The first emitting region 5 includes a single emitting layer 50. The first electron transporting zone 7 includes an electron transporting layer 71 and an electron injecting layer 72 in this order from a side close to the first emitting region 5.

[2134] An organic EL device 1A depicted in FIG. 2 is different from the organic EL device 1 in that an organic layer 10A includes a first hole transporting zone 6A, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1A are the same as those of the organic EL device 1. The first hole transporting zone 6A includes the first anode-side organic layer 61 and the second anode-side organic layer 62 in this order from a side close to the anode 3, but does not include the third anode-side organic layer.

[2135] An organic EL device 1B depicted in FIG. 3 is different from the organic EL device 1A in that an organic layer 10B includes a first emitting region 5B, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1B are the same as those of the organic EL device 1A. The first emitting region 5B includes the second first emitting layer 52 and the first emitting layer 51 in this order from a side close to the anode 3.

[2136] An organic EL device 1C depicted in FIG. 4 is different from the organic EL device 1 in that an organic layer 10C includes a first hole transporting zone 6C, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1C are the same as those of the organic EL device 1. The first hole transporting zone 6C includes the first anode-side organic layer 61, the second anode-side organic layer 62, and a fourth anode-side organic layer 64 in this order from a side close to the anode 3, but does not include the third anode-side organic layer.

[2137] An organic EL device 1D depicted in FIG. 5 is different from the organic EL device 1A depicted in FIG. 2 in that an organic layer 10D includes a hole transporting zone 6D, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1D are the same as those of the organic EL device 1A. The hole transporting zone 6D includes a first mixture layer 65 between the first anode-side organic layer 61 and the second anode-side organic layer 62. In the hole transporting zone 6D, the first anode-side organic layer 61, the first mixture layer 65, and the second anode-side organic layer 62 are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode 3.

[2138] An organic EL device 1E depicted in FIG. 6 is different from the organic EL device 1 depicted in FIG. 1 in that an organic layer 10E includes a hole transporting zone 6E, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1E are the same as those of the organic EL device 1. The hole transporting zone 6E includes: a second mixture layer 66 between the first anode-side organic layer 61 and the third anode-side organic layer 63; and a third mixture layer 67 between the third anode-side organic layer 63 and the second anode-side organic layer 62. In the hole transporting zone 6E, the first anode-side organic layer 61, the second mixture layer 66, the third anode-side organic layer 63, the third mixture layer 67, and the second anode-side organic layer 62 are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode 3.

[2139] The invention is not limited to the exemplary arrangements of the organic EL devices depicted in FIGS. 1 to 6. An organic EL device with another exemplary arrangement is exemplified by an organic EL device including a first emitting region 5B in place of the first emitting region 5 of each of the organic EL devices depicted in FIGS. 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6.

[2140] Moreover, an organic EL device with still another exemplary arrangement is exemplified by an organic EL device in which the order of the emitting layers layered in the first emitting region 5 may be changed: the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer are layered in the first emitting region 5B in this order from a side close to the anode. Regardless of the order of the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer layered, the effect obtained by layering the first and second emitting layers in the first emitting region can be expected by selecting a combination of materials satisfying the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1).

[2141] Further, an organic EL device with a further exemplary arrangement may include, for instance, the first mixture layer between the first anode-side organic layer 61 and the second anode-side organic layer 62.

[2142] Furthermore, an organic EL device with a still further exemplary arrangement may include, for instance, the second mixture layer between the first anode-side organic layer 61 and the third anode-side organic layer 63 and the third mixture layer between the third anode-side organic layer 63 and the second anode-side organic layer 62.

[2143] FIGS. 7 to 9 schematically depict exemplary arrangements of organic EL devices according to the fourth exemplary embodiment, the fifth exemplary embodiment, and the sixth exemplary embodiment.

[2144] An organic EL device 1F depicted in FIG. 7 includes the substrate 2, the anode 3, the cathode 4, and an organic layer 10F provided between the anode 3 and the cathode 4. The organic layer 10F includes a first hole transporting zone 6F, the first emitting region 5, and the first electron transporting zone 7 in this order from a side close to the anode 3. The first hole transporting zone 6F includes a first anode-side organic layer 61F, a second anode-side organic layer 62F, and a third anode-side organic layer 63F in this order from a side close to the anode 3. The first emitting region 5 includes a single emitting layer 50. The first electron transporting zone 7 includes an electron transporting layer 71 and an electron injecting layer 72 in this order from a side close to the first emitting region 5.

[2145] An organic EL device 1G depicted in FIG. 8 is different from the organic EL device 1F in that an organic layer 10G includes the first emitting region 5A, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1G are the same as those of the organic EL device 1F. The first emitting region 5A includes the second first emitting layer 52 and the first emitting layer 51 in this order from a side close to the anode 3.

[2146] An organic EL device 1H depicted in FIG. 9 is different from the organic EL device 1F depicted in FIG. 7 in that an organic layer 10H includes a hole transporting zone 6H, and the rest of components and arrangement of the organic EL device 1H are the same as those of the organic EL device 1F. The hole transporting zone 6H includes: the second mixture layer 66F between the first anode-side organic layer 61F and the second anode-side organic layer 62F; and the first mixture layer 65F between the second anode-side organic layer 62F and the third anode-side organic layer 63F. In the hole transporting zone 6H, the first anode-side organic layer 61F, the second mixture layer 66F, the second anode-side organic layer 62F, the first mixture layer 65F, and the third anode-side organic layer 63F are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode 3.

[2147] The invention is not limited to the exemplary arrangements of the organic EL devices depicted in FIGS. 7 to 9.

[2148] An organic EL device with another exemplary arrangement is exemplified by an organic EL device including the first emitting region 5A in place of the first emitting region 5 of the organic EL device depicted in FIG. 9.

[2149] Moreover, an organic EL device with still another exemplary arrangement is exemplified by an organic EL device in which the order of layering the emitting layers in the first emitting region 5A may be changed: the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer are layered in this order from a side close to the anode. Regardless of the order of the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer layered, the effect obtained by layering the first and second emitting layers in the first emitting region can be expected by selecting a combination of materials satisfying the relationship of the numerical formula (Numerical Formula 1).

[2150] Further, an organic EL device with a further exemplary arrangement may be, for instance, an organic EL device obtained by including the first mixture layer between the second anode-side organic layer 62F and the third anode-side organic layer 63F in the organic EL device depicted in each of FIGS. 7 and 8.

[2151] Furthermore, an organic EL device with a still further exemplary arrangement, for instance, an organic EL device obtained by including the second mixture layer between the first anode-side organic layer 61F and the second anode-side organic layer 62F in the organic EL device depicted in each of FIGS. 7 and 8.

Additional Layers of Organic EL Device

[2152] The organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may include one or more organic layers in addition to the above-described organic layer. The organic layer is exemplified by at least one layer selected from the group consisting of an interposed layer, a diffusion layer, a hole blocking layer, and an electron blocking layer.

Interposed Layer

[2153] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, in a case where the first emitting region includes the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer, an interposed layer may be included as an organic layer disposed between the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer.

[2154] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, in order to inhibit an overlap between a Singlet emitting region and a TTF emitting region, the interposed layer contains no luminescent compound or may contain a luminescent compound in an insubstantial amount provided that the overlap can be inhibited.

[2155] For instance, the interposed layer contains 0 mass % of a luminescent compound. Alternatively, for instance, the interposed layer may contain a luminescent compound provided that the luminescent compound contained is a component accidentally mixed in a producing process or a component contained as impurities in a material.

[2156] For instance, when the interposed layer consists of a material A, a material B, and a material C, the content ratios of the materials A, B, and C in the interposed layer are each 10 mass % or more, and the total of the content ratios of the materials A, B, and C is 100 mass %.

[2157] In the following, the interposed layer is occasionally referred to as a non-doped layer. A layer containing a luminescent compound is occasionally referred to as a doped layer.

[2158] It is considered that luminous efficiency is improvable in an arrangement including layered emitting layers because the Singlet emitting region and the TTF emitting region are typically likely to be separated from each other.

[2159] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, in a case where the interposed layer (non-doped layer) is disposed between the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer in the first emitting region, it is expected that a region where the Singlet emitting region and the TTF emitting region overlap with each other is reduced to inhibit a decrease in TTF efficiency which may otherwise be caused by collision between triplet excitons and carriers. That is, it is considered that providing the interposed layer (non-doped layer) between the emitting layers contributes to the improvement in the efficiency of TTF emission.

[2160] The interposed layer is a non-doped layer. The interposed layer contains no metal atom. The interposed layer thus contains no metal complex. The interposed layer contains an interposed layer material. The interposed layer material is not a luminescent compound. The interposed layer material may be any material except for the luminescent compound.

[2161] Examples of the interposed layer material include: 1) a heterocyclic compound such as an oxadiazole derivative, benzimidazole derivative, or phenanthroline derivative; 2) a fused aromatic compound such as a carbazole derivative, anthracene derivative, phenanthrene derivative, pyrene derivative or chrysene derivative; and 3) an aromatic amine compound such as a triarylamine derivative or a fused polycyclic aromatic amine derivative.

[2162] One or both of the first host material and the second host material may be used as the interposed layer material. The interposed layer material may be any material provided that the Singlet emitting region and the TTF emitting region are separated from each other and the Singlet emission and the TTF emission are not hindered.

[2163] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the respective content ratios of all the materials forming the interposed layer in the interposed layer are 10 mass % or more.

[2164] The interposed layer contains the interposed layer material as a material forming the interposed layer.

[2165] The interposed layer preferably contains 60 mass % or more of the interposed layer material, more preferably contains 70 mass % or more of the interposed layer material, still more preferably contains 80 mass % or more of the interposed layer material, still further more preferably 90 mass % or more of the interposed layer material, and yet still further more preferably 95 mass % or more of the interposed layer material, with respect to the total mass of the interposed layer.

[2166] The interposed layer may contain a single type of the interposed layer material or may contain two or more types of the interposed layer material.

[2167] When the interposed layer contains two or more types of the interposed layer material, the upper limit of the total of the content ratios of the two or more types of the interposed layer material is 100 mass %.

[2168] It should be noted that the interposed layer of each exemplary embodiment may further contain any other material than the interposed layer material.

[2169] The interposed layer may be provided in the form of a single layer or a laminate of two or more layers.

[2170] As long as the overlap between the Singlet emitting region and the TTF emitting region is inhibited, a film thickness of the interposed layer is not particularly limited but each layer in the interposed layer is preferably in a range from 3 nm to 15 nm, more preferably in a range from 5 nm to 10 nm.

[2171] The interposed layer having a film thickness of 3 nm or more easily separates the Singlet emitting region from the emitting region derived from TTF.

[2172] The interposed layer having a film thickness of 15 nm or less easily inhibits a phenomenon where the host material of the interposed layer emits light.

[2173] It is preferable that the interposed layer contains the interposed layer material as a material forming the interposed layer and the triplet energy of the first host material T.sub.1(H1), the triplet energy of the second host material T.sub.1(H2), and a triplet energy of at least one interposed layer material T.sub.1(M.sub.mid) satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 21) below.

[00020] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} (H 2) T_{1} (M_{mid}) T_{1} (H 1) & (Numerical Formula 21) \end{matrix}$

[2174] When the interposed layer contains two or more interposed layer materials as a material forming the interposed layer, the triplet energy of the first host material T.sub.1(H1), the triplet energy of the second host material T.sub.1(H2), and a triplet energy of each interposed layer material T.sub.1(M.sub.EA) more preferably satisfy a relationship of a numerical formula (Numerical Formula 21A) below.

[00021] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} (H 2) T_{1} (M_{E A}) T_{1} (H 1) & (Numerical Formula 21 A) \end{matrix}$

[2175] An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may further include a diffusion layer.

[2176] When an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment includes the diffusion layer, the diffusion layer is preferably disposed between the first emitting layer and the second emitting layer.

[2177] The arrangement of the organic EL device will be further described below.

Substrate

[2178] The substrate is used as a support for the organic EL device. For instance, glass, quartz, plastics and the like are usable for the substrate. A flexible substrate is also usable. The flexible substrate, which is a bendable substrate, is exemplified by a plastic substrate. Examples of a material for the plastic substrate include polycarbonate, polyarylate, polyethersulfone, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl chloride, polyimide, and polyethylene naphthalate. Further, an inorganic vapor deposition film is also usable.

[2179] The organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may be a bottom emission type organic EL device. The organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may be a top emission type organic EL device.

Anode

[2180] Metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more) is preferably used as the anode formed on the substrate. Specific examples of the material include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide, and graphene. In addition, gold (Au), platinum (Pt), nickel (Ni), tungsten (W), chrome (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), iron (Fe), cobalt (Co), copper (Cu), palladium (Pd), titanium (Ti), and nitrides of a metallic material (e.g., titanium nitride) are usable.

[2181] The material is typically formed into a film by a sputtering method. For instance, the indium oxide-zinc oxide can be formed into a film by the sputtering method using a target in which zinc oxide in a range from 1 mass % to 10 mass % is added to indium oxide. Moreover, for instance, the indium oxide containing tungsten oxide and zinc oxide can be formed by the sputtering method using a target in which tungsten oxide in a range from 0.5 mass % to 5 mass % and zinc oxide in a range from 0.1 mass % to 1 mass % are added to indium oxide. In addition, the anode may be formed by a vacuum deposition method, a coating method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method or the like.

[2182] Among the EL layers formed on the anode, since the hole injecting layer adjacent to the anode is formed of a composite material into which holes are easily injectable irrespective of the work function of the anode, a material usable as an electrode material (e.g., metal, an alloy, an electroconductive compound, a mixture thereof, and the elements belonging to the group 1 or 2 of the periodic table) is also usable for the anode.

[2183] A material having a small work function such as elements belonging to Groups 1 and 2 in the periodic table of the elements, specifically, an alkali metal such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), an alkaline earth metal such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca) and strontium (Sr), alloys (e.g., MgAg and AlLi) including the alkali metal or the alkaline earth metal, a rare earth metal such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb), alloys including the rare earth metal are also usable for the anode. It should be noted that the vacuum deposition method and the sputtering method are usable for forming the anode using the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and the alloy thereof. Further, when a silver paste is used for the anode, the coating method and the inkjet method are usable.

[2184] In a case of a bottom emission type organic EL device, the anode is preferably made of a light-transmissive or semi-transmissive metallic material that transmits light emitted from the emitting layer. Herein, the light-transmissive or semi-transmissive property means the property of allowing transmissivity of 50% or more (preferably 80% or more) of the light emitted from the emitting layer. The light-transmissive or semi-transmissive metallic material can be selected in use as needed from the above materials listed in the description regarding the anode.

[2185] In a case of a top emission type organic EL device, the anode is a reflective electrode having a reflective layer. The reflective layer is preferably made of a metallic material having light reflectivity. Herein, the light reflectivity means the property of reflecting 50% or more (preferably 80% or more) of the light emitted from the emitting layer. The metallic material having light reflectivity can be selected in use as needed from the above materials listed in the description about the anode.

[2186] The anode may consist of the reflective layer, but may have a multilayer structure having the reflective layer and a conductive layer (preferably a transparent conductive layer). In a case where the anode has the reflective layer and the conductive layer, the conductive layer is preferably disposed between the reflective layer and the hole transporting zone. A material of the conductive layer can be selected in use as needed from the above materials listed in the description regarding the anode.

Cathode

[2187] It is preferable to use metal, an alloy, an electroconductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a small work function (specifically, 3.8 eV or less) for the cathode. Examples of the material for the cathode include elements belonging to Groups 1 and 2 in the periodic table of the elements, specifically, an alkali metal such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), an alkaline earth metal such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca) and strontium (Sr), alloys (e.g., MgAg and AlLi) including the alkali metal or the alkaline earth metal, a rare earth metal such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb), and alloys including the rare earth metal.

[2188] It should be noted that the vacuum deposition method and the sputtering method are usable for forming the cathode using the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and the alloy thereof. Further, when a silver paste is used for the cathode, the coating method and the inkjet method are usable.

[2189] By providing the electron injecting layer, various conductive materials such as Al, Ag, ITO, graphene, and indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide may be used for forming the cathode regardless of the work function. The conductive materials can be formed into a film using the sputtering method, inkjet method, spin coating method, and the like.

[2190] In a case of a bottom emission type organic EL device, the cathode is a reflective electrode. The reflective electrode is preferably made of a metallic material having light reflectivity. The metallic material having light reflectivity can be selected in use as needed from the above materials listed in the description regarding the cathode.

[2191] In a case of a top emission type organic EL device, the cathode is preferably made of a light-transmissive or semi-transmissive metallic material that transmits light emitted from the emitting layer. The light-transmissive or semi-transmissive metallic material can be selected in use as needed from the above materials listed in the description regarding the cathode.

Capping Layer

[2192] In a case of a top emission type organic EL device, the organic EL device usually includes a capping layer on the top of the cathode.

[2193] The capping layer may contain, for instance, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a high polymer compound, metal oxide, metal fluoride, metal boride, silicon nitride, and silicon compound (silicon oxide or the like).

[2194] The capping layer may contain, for instance, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of an aromatic amine derivative, an anthracene derivative, a pyrene derivative, a fluorene derivative, and a dibenzofuran derivative.

[2195] In addition, a laminate in which layers containing these substances are layered can also be used as the capping layer.

Tandem Organic Electroluminescence Device

[2196] The organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment may be a so-called tandem organic EL device, in which a plurality of emitting regions are layered via a charge generating layer (occasionally also referred to as an intermediate layer or the like). The tandem organic EL device is exemplified by organic EL devices below.

[2197] An exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment includes: a first emitting unit including the first hole transporting zone and the first emitting region; a first charge generating layer disposed between the first emitting unit and the cathode; and a second emitting unit disposed between the first charge generating layer and the cathode. The second emitting unit includes a second hole transporting zone and a second emitting region. The first hole transporting zone, the first emitting region, the first charge generating layer, the second hole transporting zone, and the second emitting region are disposed in this order from a side close to the anode.

[2198] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the tandem organic EL device further includes a third emitting unit and a second charge generating layer. The third emitting unit is disposed between the second emitting unit and the cathode, and the second charge generating layer is disposed between the third emitting unit and the second emitting unit. In an exemplary arrangement of organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the third emitting unit includes a third emitting region and a third hole transporting zone.

[2199] In the tandem organic EL devices with the above exemplary arrangements, the second emitting region and the third emitting region each independently include at least one emitting layer. The emitting layers included in the second emitting region and the third emitting region may be each independently the same as or different from the emitting layer included in the first emitting region.

[2200] In the tandem organic EL devices with these arrangements, the second hole transporting zone and the third hole transporting zone each independently include at least one organic layer. The organic layer included in the second hole transporting zone and the organic layer included in the third hole transporting zone may be each independently the same as or different from the organic layer included in the first hole transporting zone.

[2201] In the tandem organic EL devices with these arrangements, the first charge generating layer and the second charge generating layer each refer to a layer in which holes and electrons are generated when voltage is applied. For instance, when the first charge generating layer includes a plurality of layers, the first charge generating layer preferably includes an N layer disposed close to the anode and through which electrons are injected into the first emitting unit, and a P layer disposed close to the cathode and through which holes are injected into the second emitting unit. For instance, when the second charge generating layer includes a plurality of layers, the second charge generating layer preferably includes an N layer disposed close to the anode and through which electrons are injected into the second emitting unit, and a P layer disposed close to the cathode and through which holes are injected into the third emitting unit. Examples of a material usable for the first charge generating layer and the second charge generating layer include a known material(s) usable for the charge generating layer in the tandem organic EL device.

[2202] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, the tandem organic EL device is used for a light-emitting apparatus.

Layer Formation Method

[2203] A method for forming each layer of the organic EL device according to any of the above exemplary embodiments is subject to no limitation except for the above particular description. However, known methods of dry film-forming such as vacuum deposition, sputtering, plasma or ion plating and wet film-forming such as spin coating, dipping, flow coating or ink-jet are applicable.

[2204] In an exemplary arrangement of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment, each layer of the organic EL device (e.g., each layer of the organic layer included in the first hole transporting zone and the emitting layer included in the emitting region) may be formed, for instance, by co-deposition using a plurality of types of compounds, by vapor-deposition using a mixture of a plurality of types of compounds prepared in advance, or by coating using a mixture of a plurality of types of compounds prepared in advance.

[2205] The mixture prepared by mixing a plurality of types of compounds in advance may be a powder. The mixture prepared by mixing a plurality of types of compounds in advance may be a solution. A method of mixing a plurality of types of compounds in advance is occasionally referred to as premix. A premix method, which is not particularly limited, enables adjustment of molecular weights of compounds forming a mixture by adjusting substituents or the like of the compounds or enables adjustment of a vapor-deposition ratio of compounds forming a mixture premixed.

[2206] The premixed mixture powder may contain a first organic compound and a second organic compound in one particle or may be a mixture of particles of the first organic compound and particles of the second organic compound.

[2207] As a method of producing the mixture powder, for instance, the first organic compound and the second organic compound may be pulverized and mixed using a mortar or the like, or the first organic compound and the second organic compound may be put into a container or the like and heated to be melted in a chemically inert environment, cooled to ambient temperature, and the resulting mixture is pulverized with a mixer or the like to form powder. According to the latter method, the first organic compound and the second organic compound can be mixed at a molecular level, whereby a ratio in term of a sublimation area between the first organic compound and the second organic compound can be easily controlled to fall within a desired range, which enables more uniform vapor-deposition. Moreover, it is possible to prevent disadvantages such as uneven mixing of mixture powder that may occur during delivery of the mixture powder.

[2208] Mixture powder may be compressed into pellets.

Film Thickness

[2209] A film thickness of each layer of the organic layer of the organic EL device of each exemplary embodiment is not limited unless otherwise specified in the above. The film thickness of each layer of the organic layer of the organic EL device usually preferably ranges from several nanometers to 1 m because in general an excessively small film thickness is likely to cause defects (e.g. pin holes) and an excessively large film thickness leads to the necessity of applying high voltage and consequent reduction in efficiency.

Emission Wavelength of Organic EL Device

[2210] The organic EL device with an exemplary arrangement in each exemplary embodiment emits light whose maximum peak wavelength is 500 nm or less when the device is driven.

[2211] The organic EL device with an exemplary arrangement in each exemplary embodiment emits light whose maximum peak wavelength is in a range from 430 nm to 480 nm when the device is driven.

[2212] The maximum peak wavelength of the light emitted from the organic EL device when being driven is measured as follows. Voltage is applied to the organic EL device such that a current density is 10 mA/cm.sup.2, where spectral radiance spectrum is measured by a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (produced by Konica Minolta, Inc.). A peak wavelength of an emission spectrum, a luminous intensity of which is the maximum in the obtained spectral radiance spectrum, is measured and defined as the maximum peak wavelength (unit: nm).

Triplet Energy T.SUB.1

[2213] A method of measuring a triplet energy T.sub.1 is exemplified by a method below.

[2214] A measurement target compound is dissolved in EPA (diethylether: [2215] isopentane:ethanol=5:5:2 in volume ratio) so as to fall within a range from 10.sup.5 mol/L to 10.sup.4 mol/L to prepare a solution, and the obtained solution is encapsulated in a quartz cell to provide a measurement sample. A phosphorescence spectrum (ordinate axis: phosphorescent luminous intensity, abscissa axis: wavelength) of the measurement sample is measured at a low temperature (77K). A tangent is drawn to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region. An energy amount is calculated by a conversion equation (F1) below on a basis of a wavelength value .sub.edge [nm] at an intersection of the tangent and the abscissa axis. The calculated energy amount is defined as triplet energy T.sub.1.

[00022] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} [eV] = 1 2 3 9 .85 /_{e d g e} & Conversion Equation (F1) \end{matrix}$

[2216] The tangent to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region is drawn as follows. While moving on a curve of the phosphorescence spectrum from the short-wavelength region to the local maximum value closest to the short-wavelength region among the local maximum values of the phosphorescence spectrum, a tangent is checked at each point on the curve toward the long-wavelength of the phosphorescence spectrum. An inclination of the tangent is increased along the rise of the curve (i.e., a value of the ordinate axis is increased). A tangent drawn at a point of the local maximum inclination (i.e., a tangent at an inflection point) is defined as the tangent to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region.

[2217] A local maximum point where a peak intensity is 15% or less of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not counted as the above-mentioned local maximum peak intensity closest to the short-wavelength region. The tangent drawn at a point that is closest to the local maximum peak intensity closest to the short-wavelength region and where the inclination of the curve is the local maximum is defined as a tangent to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region.

[2218] For phosphorescence measurement, a spectrophotofluorometer body F-4500 (produced by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) is usable. The measurement apparatus is not limited thereto. A combination of a cooling unit, a low temperature container, an excitation light source and a light-receiving unit may be used for measurement.

Singlet Energy S.SUB.1

[2219] A method of measuring a singlet energy S.sub.1 with use of a solution (occasionally referred to as a solution method) is exemplified by a method below.

[2220] A toluene solution of a measurement target compound at a concentration ranging from 10.sup.5 mol/L to 104 mol/L is prepared and put in a quartz cell. An absorption spectrum (ordinate axis: absorption intensity, abscissa axis: wavelength) of the thus-obtained sample is measured at a normal temperature (300K). A tangent is drawn to the fall of the absorption spectrum close to the long-wavelength region, and a wavelength value .sub.edge (nm) at an intersection of the tangent and the abscissa axis is assigned to a conversion equation (F2) below to calculate singlet energy.

[00023] $\begin{matrix} S_{1} [eV] = 1 2 3 9 .85 /_{e d g e} & Conversion Equation (F2) \end{matrix}$

[2221] Any apparatus for measuring absorption spectrum is usable. For instance, a spectrophotometer (U3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) is usable.

[2222] The tangent to the fall of the absorption spectrum close to the long-wavelength region is drawn as follows. While moving on a curve of the absorption spectrum from the local maximum value closest to the long-wavelength region, among the local maximum values of the absorption spectrum, in a long-wavelength direction, a tangent at each point on the curve is checked. An inclination of the tangent is decreased and increased in a repeated manner as the curve falls (i.e., a value of the ordinate axis is decreased). A tangent drawn at a point where the inclination of the curve is the local minimum closest to the long-wavelength region (except when absorbance is 0.1 or less) is defined as the tangent to the fall of the absorption spectrum close to the long-wavelength region.

[2223] The local maximum absorbance of 0.2 or less is not counted as the above-mentioned local maximum absorbance closest to the long-wavelength region.

Method of Measuring Electron Mobility

[2224] The electron mobility can be measured according to an impedance measurement using a mobility evaluation device produced by the following steps. The device for mobility evaluation is produced, for instance, according to the following steps.

[2225] A compound Target, which is to be measured for an electron mobility, is vapor-deposited on a glass substrate having an aluminum electrode (anode) so as to cover the aluminum electrode, thereby forming a measurement target layer. A compound ET-A below is vapor-deposited on this measurement target layer to form an electron transporting layer. LiF is vapor-deposited on this formed electron transporting layer to form an electron injecting layer. Metal aluminum (Al) is vapor-deposited on this formed electron injecting layer to form a metal cathode.

[2226] An arrangement of the mobility evaluation device above is roughly shown as follows.

[00024] $glass / Al (50) / Target (200) / ET - A (10) / LiF (1) / Al (50)$

[2227] Numerals in parentheses represent a film thickness (nm).

##STR01006##

[2228] The mobility evaluation device for the electron mobility is set in an impedance measurement apparatus to perform an impedance measurement. In the impedance measurement, a measurement frequency is swept from 1 Hz to 1 MHz. At this time, an alternating current amplitude of 0.1 V and a direct current voltage V are simultaneously applied to the device. A modulus M is calculated from a measured impedance Z using a relationship of a calculation formula (C1) below.

[00025] $\begin{matrix} M = j Z & Calculation formula (C1) \end{matrix}$

[2229] In the calculation formula (C1), j is an imaginary unit whose square is 1 and is an angular frequency [rad/s].

[2230] In a bode plot in which an imaginary part of the modulus M is represented by an ordinate axis and the frequency [Hz] is represented by an abscissa axis, an electrical time constant T of the mobility evaluation device is obtained from a frequency fmax showing a peak using a calculation formula (C2) below.

[00026] $\begin{matrix} = 1 / (2 f \max) & Calculation formula (C2) \end{matrix}$

[2231] IT in the calculation formula (C2) is a symbol representing a circumference ratio.

[2232] An electron mobility e is calculated from a relationship of a calculation formula (C3-1) below using T.

[00027] $\begin{matrix} e = d^{2} / (V) & Calculation formula (C3) \end{matrix}$

[2233] d in the calculation formula (C3-1) is a total film thickness of organic thin film(s) forming the device. In a case of the arrangement of the mobility evaluation device for the electron mobility, d=210 [nm] is satisfied.

Method of Measuring Hole Mobility

[2234] The hole mobility can be measured according to an impedance measurement using a mobility evaluation device produced by the following steps. The device for mobility evaluation is produced, for instance, according to the following steps.

[2235] A compound HA-2 below is vapor-deposited on a glass substrate having an ITO transparent electrode (anode) so as to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a hole injecting layer. A compound HT-A below is vapor-deposited on this formed hole injecting layer to form a hole transporting layer. Subsequently, a compound Target, which is to be measured for a hole mobility, is vapor-deposited to form a measurement target layer. Metal aluminum (Al) is vapor-deposited on this measurement target layer to form a metal cathode.

[2236] An arrangement of the mobility evaluation device above is roughly shown as follows.

[00028] $ITO (1 30) / HA - 2 (5) / HT - A (10) / Target (200) / Al (80)$

[2237] Numerals in parentheses represent a film thickness (nm).

##STR01007##

[2238] The mobility evaluation device for the hole mobility is set in an impedance measurement apparatus to perform an impedance measurement. In the impedance measurement, a measurement frequency is swept from 1 Hz to 1 MHz. At this time, an alternating current amplitude of 0.1 V and a direct current voltage V are simultaneously applied to the device. A modulus M is calculated from a measured impedance Z using the relationship of the calculation formula (C1).

[2239] In a bode plot in which an imaginary part of the modulus M is represented by an ordinate axis and the frequency [Hz] is represented by an abscissa axis, an electrical time constant T of the mobility evaluation device is obtained from a frequency fmax showing a peak using the calculation formula (C2).

[2240] A hole mobility uh is calculated from a relationship of a calculation formula (C3-2) below using T obtained from the calculation formula (C2).

[00029] $\begin{matrix} h = d^{2} / (V) & Calculation formula (C3 - 2) \end{matrix}$

[2241] d in the calculation formula (C3-2) is a total film thickness of organic thin film(s) forming the device. In a case of the arrangement of the mobility evaluation device for the hole mobility, d=215 [nm] is satisfied.

[2242] The electron mobility and the hole mobility herein are each a value obtained in a case where a square root of an electric field intensity meets E.sup.1/2=500 [V.sup.1/2/cm.sup.1/2]. The square root of the electric field intensity, E.sup.1/2, can be calculated from a relationship of a calculation formula (C4) below.

[00030] $\begin{matrix} E^{1 / 2} = V^{1 / 2} / d^{1 / 2} & Calculation formula (C4) \end{matrix}$

[2243] For the impedance measurement, a 1260 type by Solartron Analytical is used as the impedance measurement apparatus, and for a higher accuracy, a 1296 type dielectric constant measurement interface by Solartron Analytical can be used together therewith.

Seventh Exemplary Embodiment

Electronic Device

[2244] An electronic device according to a seventh exemplary embodiment is installed with any one of the organic EL devices according to any one of the above exemplary embodiments. Examples of the electronic device include a display device and a light-emitting unit. Examples of the display device include a display component (e.g., an organic EL panel module), TV, mobile phone, tablet and personal computer. Examples of the light-emitting unit include an illuminator and a vehicle light.

[2245] In an exemplary arrangement of the electronic device according to the exemplary embodiment, the light-emitting apparatus is installed with any one of the tandem organic EL devices according to the above exemplary embodiments. In an exemplary arrangement of the electronic device according to the exemplary embodiment, the light-emitting apparatus preferably includes any one of the tandem organic EL devices according to the above exemplary embodiments and a color conversion layer. The light-emitting apparatus preferably includes a color filter. The color conversion layer is preferably disposed between the tandem organic EL device and the color filter. The color conversion layer preferably contains a substance that emits light by absorbing light. The substance that emits light by absorbing light is preferably a quantum dot. In the light-emitting apparatus, the color conversion layer is preferably disposed to be irradiated with light emission from the tandem organic EL device.

[2246] In an exemplary arrangement of the electronic device according to the exemplary embodiment, the display device is installed with the light-emitting apparatus of the exemplary embodiment. The light-emitting apparatus also can be used for a display device, for instance, as a backlight of the display device.

Modification of Embodiment(s)

[2247] The scope of the invention is not limited by the above exemplary embodiments but includes any modification and improvement as long as such modification and improvement are compatible with the invention.

[2248] For instance, the number of emitting layers is not limited to one or two, and more than two emitting layers may be layered. For instance, the rest of the emitting layers may be a fluorescent emitting layer or a phosphorescent emitting layer with use of emission caused by electron transfer from the triplet excited state directly to the ground state.

[2249] The specific structure, shape, and the like of the components in the invention may be designed in any manner as long as an object of the invention can be achieved.

EXAMPLES

[2250] The invention will be described in further detail with reference to Examples. The scope of the invention is by no means limited to Examples.

Compounds

[2251] Structures of compounds used for forming the hole transporting zone of the organic EL device in each of Examples 1 to 16 and Comparatives 1 to 12 are shown below.

##STR01008## ##STR01009## ##STR01010##

[2252] Structures of other compounds used for producing organic EL devices in Examples1 to 16 and Comparatives 1 to 12 are shown below.

##STR01011## ##STR01012## ##STR01013##

Production (1) of Organic EL Device

[2253] Organic EL devices in Examples 1 to 3 as examples of the first exemplary embodiment or the second exemplary embodiment and organic EL devices in Comparatives 1 to 4 for comparison were produced as follows. The description regarding the first exemplary embodiment or the second exemplary embodiment is applied to the description regarding Examples 1 to 3 and Comparatives 1 to 4.

Example 1

[2254] A glass substrate (size: 25 mm75 mm1.1 mm thick, produced by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonic-cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for five minutes, and then UV-ozone-cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.

[2255] After the glass substrate having the transparent electrode line was cleaned, the glass substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. First, a compound HT1, a compound HA1, and a compound HA2-1 were co-deposited on a surface of the glass substrate, where the transparent electrode line was provided, to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a 10-nm-thick first anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1, the compound HA1, and the compound HA2-1 in the first anode-side organic layer were 65 mass %, 10 mass %, and 25 mass %, respectively.

[2256] The compound HT2 was vapor-deposited on the first anode-side organic layer to form a 45-nm-thick second anode-side organic layer.

[2257] The compound BH1 (second host material) and the compound BD (second luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the second anode-side organic layer to form 10-nm-thick second emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH1 and the compound BD in the second emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2258] A compound BH2 (first host material) and the compound BD (first luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the second emitting layer to form a 10-nm-thick first emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH2 and the compound BD in the first emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2259] A compound HBL was vapor-deposited on the first emitting layer to form a 5-nm-thick first electron transporting layer (also referred to as a hole blocking layer).

[2260] A compound ET and a compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transporting layer to form a 25-nm-thick second electron transporting layer. The ratios of the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET) were both 50 mass %.

[2261] Next, ytterbium (Yb) was vapor-deposited on the second electron transporting layer to form a 1-nm-thick electron injecting layer.

[2262] Metal Al was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to form an 80-nm-thick cathode.

[2263] A device arrangement of the organic EL device in Example 1 is roughly shown as follows.

[00031] $ITO (130) / HT 1 : HA 1 : HA 2 - 1 (10, 65 % : 10 % : 25 %) / HT 2 (45) / BH 1 : BD (10, 99 % : 1 %) / BH 2 : BD (10, 99 % : 1 %) / HBL (5) / ET : Liq (25, 50 % : 50 %) / Yb (1) / Al (80)$

[2264] Numerals in parentheses represent a film thickness (unit: nm).

[2265] Regarding the device arrangement in Example 1: the numerals (65%: 10%: 25%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound HT1, the compound HA1, and the compound HA2-1 in the first anode-side organic layer; the numerals (99%: 1%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound BH1 or the compound BH2 and the compound BD in the first emitting layer or the second emitting layer; and the numerals (50%: 50%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET). Similar notations apply to the description below.

Examples 2 and 3

[2266] Organic EL devices in Examples 2 to 3 were each produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 1 except that the compound HA2-1 as the additive material (fourth material) in the first anode-side organic layer was replaced with additive materials listed in Table 1.

Comparative 1

[2267] An organic EL device in Comparative 1 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 1 except that the compound used for forming the first anode-side organic layer was replaced with the compound HT1 and the compound HA1. The ratios of the compound HT1 and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer in Comparative 1 were 90 mass % and 10 mass %, respectively.

Comparative 2

[2268] An organic EL device in Comparative 2 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 1 except that the compound used for forming the first anode-side organic layer was replaced with the compound HA2-1 and the compound HA1. The ratios of the compound HA2-1 and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer in Comparative 2 were 90 mass % and 10 mass %, respectively.

Comparatives 3 and 4

[2269] Organic EL devices in Comparatives 3 to 4 were each produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Comparative 2 except that the compound HA2-1 as the additive material (fourth material) in the first anode-side organic layer was replaced with additive materials listed in Table 1.

Evaluation (1) of Organic EL Devices

[2270] The organic EL devices produced in Examples 1 to 3 and Comparatives 1 to 4 were evaluated as follows. Table 1 shows the evaluation results.

External Quantum Efficiency EQE

[2271] Voltage was applied to the produced organic EL devices such that a current density was 10 mA/cm.sup.2, where spectral radiance spectrum was measured by a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (produced by Konica Minolta, Inc.). The external quantum efficiency EQE was calculated based on the obtained spectral radiance spectra, assuming that the spectra was provided under a Lambertian radiation. A unit of EQE is %. Table 1 shows relative values of EQE, which were calculated according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X1) below. A unit of the relative value of EQE is %.

[00032] $\begin{matrix} EQE (relative value) = (EQE of each Example / EQE of Comparative 1) 100 & (Numerical Formula X1) \end{matrix}$

Lifetime LT95

[2272] Voltage was applied to the produced organic EL device such that a current density was 50 mA/cm.sup.2, where a time (LT95 (unit: hr)) elapsed before a luminance intensity was reduced to 95% of the initial luminance intensity was measured as a lifetime. The luminance intensity was measured with a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.). Relative values of lifetime LT95 were calculated based on the measurement value of LT95 in each Example according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.2) below. A unit of the relative value of lifetime LT95 is %.

[00033] $\begin{matrix} LT 95 (relative value) = (LT 95 of each Example / LT 95 of Comparative 1) 100 & (Numerical Formula X2) \end{matrix}$

TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Second anode-side First anode-side organic layer organic layer Device evaluation First organic material Second organic Additive material Refrac- Film Third Refrac- Film result Refrac- material (Fourth material) tive thick- organic tive thick- EQE LT95 tive Content Content Content index ness material index ness (relative (relative Name index [mass %] Name [mass %] Name [mass %] NM.sub.1 [nm] Name NM.sub.2 [nm] value) value) Ex. 1 HT1 2.03 65 HA1 10 HA2-1 25 2.05 10 HT2 1.79 45 103% 100% Ex. 2 HT1 2.03 65 HA1 10 HA2-2 25 2.04 10 HT2 1.79 45 102% 102% Ex. 3 HT1 2.03 65 HA1 10 HA2-3 25 2.05 10 HT2 1.79 45 102% 102% Comp. 1 HT1 2.03 90 HA1 10 2.03 10 HT2 1.79 45 100% 100% Comp. 2 HA1 10 HA2-1 90 2.10 10 HT2 1.79 45 101% 80% Comp. 3 HA1 10 HA2-2 90 2.08 10 HT2 1.79 45 101% 75% Comp. 4 HA1 10 HA2-3 90 2.09 10 HT2 1.79 45 93% 70%

[2273] The organic EL devices of Examples 1 to 3 each had an improved EQE as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 1. The organic EL devices of Examples 2 to 3 each had a prolonged lifetime as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 1. The organic EL devices of Comparatives 2 to 4, in which the first anode-side organic layer contained only the second organic material and the additive material (fourth material), exhibited a large refractive index NM.sub.1 of the first anode-side organic layer but had a shortened lifetime.

Production (2) of Organic EL Device

[2274] An organic EL devices in Example 4 as an example of the first exemplary embodiment or the third exemplary embodiment and an organic EL device in Comparative 5 for comparison were produced as follows. The description regarding the first exemplary embodiment or the third exemplary embodiment is applied to the description regarding Example 4 and Comparative 5.

Example 4

[2275] A glass substrate (size: 25 mm75 mm1.1 mm thick, produced by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonic-cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for five minutes, and then UV-ozone-cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.

[2276] After the glass substrate having the transparent electrode line was cleaned, the glass substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. First, the compound HT1-A and the compound HA1 were co-deposited on a surface of the glass substrate, where the transparent electrode line was provided, to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a 10-nm-thick first anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1-A and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer were 97 mass % and 3 mass %, respectively.

[2277] The compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-1 were co-deposited on the first anode-side organic layer to form a 45-nm-thick second anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-1 in the second anode-side organic layer were both 50 mass %.

[2278] The compound EBL was vapor-deposited on the second anode-side organic layer to form a 5-nm-thick fourth anode-side organic layer.

[2279] A compound BH2-A (first host material) and a compound BD-1 (first luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the fourth anode-side organic layer to form a 20-nm-thick first emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH2-A and the compound BD-1 in the first emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2280] A compound HBL-2 was vapor-deposited on the first emitting layer to form a 5-nm-thick first electron transporting layer (also referred to as a hole blocking layer).

[2281] A compound ET and a compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transporting layer to form a 25-nm-thick second electron transporting layer. The ratios of the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET) were both 50 mass %.

[2282] Next, ytterbium (Yb) was vapor-deposited on the second electron transporting layer to form a 1-nm-thick electron injecting layer.

[2283] Metal Al was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to form an 80-nm-thick cathode.

[2284] A device arrangement of the organic EL device in Example 4 is roughly shown as follows.

[00034] $ITO (130) / HT 1 - A : HA 1 (10, 97 % : 3 %) / HT 2 : HT 2 A - 1 (45, 50 % : 50 %) / EBL (5) / BH 2 - A : BD - 1 (20, 99 % : 1 %) / HBL - 2 (5) / ET : Liq (25, 50 % : 50 %) / Yb (1) / Al (80)$

Comparative 5

[2285] An organic EL device of Comparative 5 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device of Example 4 except that the second anode-side organic layer was formed using only the compound HT2 without using the fifth material (compound HT2A-1) as the additive material. The ratio of the compound HT2 in the second anode-side organic layer in Comparative 5 was 100 mass %.

Evaluation (2) of Organic EL Devices

[2286] The organic EL devices produced in Example 4 and Comparative 5 were evaluated as follows. Table 2 shows the evaluation results.

External Quantum Efficiency EQE

[2287] External quantum efficiency EQE of each of the produced organic EL devices was calculated in the same manner as in <Evaluation (1) of Organic EL Devices>. Table 2 shows relative values of EQE, which were calculated according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X11) below.

[00035] $\begin{matrix} EQE (relative value) = (EQE of each Example / EQE of Comparative 5) 100 & (Numerical Formula X11) \end{matrix}$

Lifetime LT95

[2288] Lifetime LT95 of each of the produced organic EL devices was measured in the same manner as in <Evaluation (1) of Organic EL Devices>. Relative values of lifetime LT95 were calculated based on the measurement value of LT95 in each Example according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X21) below.

[00036] $\begin{matrix} LT 95 (relative value) = (LT 95 of each Example / LT 95 of Comparative 5) 100 & (Numerical Formula X21) \end{matrix}$

TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Second anode- First anode-side organic layer side organic Second organic layer First organic material material Refractive Film Third organic Refractive Content Content index thickness material Name index [mass %] Name [mass %] NM.sub.1 [nm] Name Ex. 4 HT1-A 1.97 97 HA1 3 1.97 10 HT2 Comp. 5 HT1-A 1.97 97 HA1 3 1.97 10 HT2 Device Second anode-side organic layer evaluation Additive material result Third organic material (Fifth material) Refractive Film EQE Refractive Content Refractive Content index thickness (relative index [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.2 [nm] value) Ex. 4 1.79 50 HT2A-1 1.73 50 1.76 45 106% Comp. 5 1.79 100 1.79 45 100%

[2289] Due to containing the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer, the organic EL device of Example 4 had an improved EQE as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 5.

Production (3) of Organic EL Device

[2290] Organic EL devices in Examples 5 to 8 as examples of the first exemplary embodiment or the third exemplary embodiment and an organic EL device in Comparative 6 for comparison were produced as follows. The description regarding the first exemplary embodiment or the third exemplary embodiment is applied to the description regarding Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative 6.

Example 5

[2291] A glass substrate (size: 25 mm75 mm1.1 mm thick, produced by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonic-cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for five minutes, and then UV-ozone-cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.

[2292] After the glass substrate having the transparent electrode line was cleaned, the glass substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. First, the compound HT1-B and the compound HA1 were co-deposited on a surface of the glass substrate, where the transparent electrode line was provided, to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a 10-nm-thick first anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1-B and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer were 97 mass % and 3 mass %, respectively.

[2293] The compound HT2 and a compound HT2A-2 were co-deposited on the first anode-side organic layer to form a 40-nm-thick second anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-2 in the second anode-side organic layer were both 50 mass %.

[2294] The compound EBL was vapor-deposited on the second anode-side organic layer to form a 5-nm-thick fourth anode-side organic layer.

[2295] A compound BH2-B (first host material) and a compound BD-2 (first luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the fourth anode-side organic layer to form a 20-nm-thick first emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH2-B and the compound BD-2 in the first emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2296] A compound HBL was vapor-deposited on the first emitting layer to form a 5-nm-thick first electron transporting layer (also referred to as a hole blocking layer).

[2297] A compound ET and a compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transporting layer to form a 25-nm-thick second electron transporting layer. The ratios of the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET) were both 50 mass %.

[2298] Next, ytterbium (Yb) was vapor-deposited on the second electron transporting layer to form a 1-nm-thick electron injecting layer.

[2299] Metal Al was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to form an 80-nm-thick cathode.

[2300] A device arrangement of the organic EL device in Example 5 is roughly shown as follows.

[00037] $ITO (130) / HT 1 - B : HA 1 (10, 97 % : 3 %) / HT 2 : HT 2 A - 2 (40, 50 % : 50 %) / EBL (5) / BH 2 - B : BD - 2 (20, 99 % : 1 %) / HBL (5) / ET : Liq (25, 50 % : 50 %) / Yb (1) / Al (80)$

Example 6

[2301] An organic EL device of Example 6 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 5 except that the compound HT2A-2 as the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material listed in Table 3.

Example 7

[2302] An organic EL device of Example 7 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 5 except that the compound HT2A-2 as the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material (compound HT2A-4) listed in Table 3, and the ratios of the compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-2 in the second anode-side organic layer were changed to 70 mass % and 30 mass %, respectively.

Example 8

[2303] An organic EL device of Example 8 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 5 except that the compound HT2A-2 as the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material listed in Table 3.

Comparative 6

[2304] An organic EL device of Comparative 6 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device of Example 5 except that the second anode-side organic layer was formed using only the compound HT2 without using the fifth material as the additive material. The ratio of the compound HT2 in the second anode-side organic layer in Comparative 6 was 100 mass %.

Evaluation (3) of Organic EL Devices

[2305] The organic EL devices produced in Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative 6 were evaluated as follows. Table 3 shows the evaluation results.

External Quantum Efficiency EQE

[2306] External quantum efficiency EQE of each of the produced organic EL devices was calculated in the same manner as in <Evaluation (1) of Organic EL Devices>. Table 3 shows relative values of EQE, which were calculated according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.12) below.

[00038] $\begin{matrix} EQE (relative value) = (EQE of each Example / EQE of Comparative 6) 100 & (Numerical Formula X12) \end{matrix}$

Lifetime LT95

[2307] Lifetime LT95 of each of the produced organic EL devices was measured in the same manner as in <Evaluation (1) of Organic EL Devices>. Relative values of lifetime LT95 were calculated based on the measurement value of LT95 in each Example according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.22) below.

[00039] $\begin{matrix} LT 95 (relative value) = (LT 95 of each Example / LT 95 of Comparative 6) 100 & (Numerical Formula X22) \end{matrix}$

TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 First anode-side organic layer Second organic Second anode-side organic layer First organic material material Refractive Film Third organic material Refractive Content Content index thickness Refractive Name index [mass %] Name [mass %] NM.sub.1 [nm] Name index Ex. 5 HT1-B 1.99 97 HA1 3 1.99 10 HT2 1.79 Ex. 6 HT1-B 1.99 97 HA1 3 1.99 10 HT2 1.79 Ex. 7 HT1-B 1.99 97 HA1 3 1.99 10 HT2 1.79 Ex. 8 HT1-B 1.99 97 HA1 3 1.99 10 HT2 1.79 Comp. 6 HT1-B 1.99 97 HA1 3 1.99 10 HT2 1.79 Device Second anode-side organic layer evaluation Third organic Additive material result material (Fifth material) Refractive Film EQE Content Refractive Content index thickness (relative [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.2 [nm] value) Ex. 5 50 HT2A-2 1.76 50 1.78 40 106% Ex. 6 50 HT2A-3 1.53 50 1.66 40 104% Ex. 7 70 HT2A-4 1.76 30 1.78 40 105% Ex. 8 50 HT2A-5 1.76 50 1.78 40 104% Comp. 6 100 1.79 40 100%

[2308] Due to containing the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer, the organic EL devices of Examples 5 to 8 had an improved EQE as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 6.

Production (4) of Organic EL Device

[2309] Organic EL devices in Examples 9 to 11 as examples of the fourth exemplary embodiment or the fifth exemplary embodiment and organic EL devices in Comparatives 7 to 10 for comparison were produced as follows. The description regarding the fourth exemplary embodiment or the fifth exemplary embodiment is applied to the description regarding Examples 9 to 11 and Comparatives 7 to 10.

Example 9

[2310] A glass substrate (size: 25 mm75 mm1.1 mm thick, produced by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonic-cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for five minutes, and then UV-ozone-cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.

[2311] After the glass substrate having the transparent electrode line was cleaned, the glass substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. First, the compound HT1 and the compound HA1 were co-deposited on a surface of the glass substrate, where the transparent electrode line was provided, to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a 10-nm-thick first anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1 and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer were 90 mass % and 10 mass %, respectively.

[2312] The compound HT1 and a compound HA2-1 were co-deposited on the first anode-side organic layer to form a 40-nm-thick second anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1 and the compound HA2-1 in the second anode-side organic layer were 75 mass % and 25 mass %, respectively.

[2313] The compound HT2 was vapor-deposited on the second anode-side organic layer to form a 45-nm-thick third anode-side organic layer.

[2314] The compound BH1 (second host material) and the compound BD (second luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the third anode-side organic layer to form 10-nm-thick second emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH1 and the compound BD in the second emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2315] A compound BH2 (first host material) and the compound BD (first luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the second emitting layer to form a 10-nm-thick first emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH2 and the compound BD in the first emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2316] A compound HBL was vapor-deposited on the first emitting layer to form a 5-nm-thick first electron transporting layer (also referred to as a hole blocking layer).

[2317] A compound ET and a compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transporting layer to form a 25-nm-thick second electron transporting layer. The ratios of the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET) were both 50 mass %.

[2318] Next, ytterbium (Yb) was vapor-deposited on the second electron transporting layer to form a 1-nm-thick electron injecting layer.

[2319] Metal Al was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to form an 80-nm-thick cathode.

[2320] A device arrangement of the organic EL device in Example 9 is roughly shown as follows.

[00040] $ITO (130) / HT 1 : HA 1 (10, 90 % : 10 %) / HT 1 : HA 2 - 1 (40, 75 % : 25 %) / (HT 2 (45) / BH 1 : BD (10, 99 % : 1 %) / BH 2 : BD (10, 99 % : 1 %) / HBL (5) / ET : Liq (25, 50 % : 50 %) / Yb (1) / Al (80)$

[2321] Numerals in parentheses represent a film thickness (unit: nm).

[2322] Regarding the device arrangement in Example 9: the numerals (90:10%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound HT1 and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer; the numerals (75:25%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound HT1 and the compound HA2-1 in the second anode-side organic layer; the numerals (99%: 1%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound BH1 or the compound BH2 and the compound BD in the first emitting layer or the second emitting layer; and the numerals (50%: 50%) represented by percentage in the same parentheses indicate a ratio (mass %) between the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET). Similar notations apply to the description below.

Examples 10 and 11

[2323] Organic EL devices in Examples 10 and 11 were each produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 9 except that the compound HA2-1 as the additive material (fourth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material listed in Table 4.

Comparative 7

[2324] An organic EL device in Comparative 7 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 9 except that the compound used for forming the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the compound HT1 and no additive material was used.

Comparative 8

[2325] An organic EL device in Comparative 8 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 9 except that the compound used for forming the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the compound HA2-1 and the compound HT1 was not used.

Comparatives 9 and 10

[2326] Organic EL devices in Comparatives 9 and 10 were each produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Comparative 8 except that the compound HA2-1 as the additive material (fourth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive materials listed in Table 4.

Evaluation (4) of Organic EL Devices

[2327] The organic EL devices produced in Examples 9 to 11 and Comparatives 7 to 10 were evaluated as follows. Table 4 shows the evaluation results.

External Quantum Efficiency EQE

[2328] Voltage was applied to the produced organic EL devices such that a current density was 10 mA/cm.sup.2, where spectral radiance spectrum was measured by a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (produced by Konica Minolta, Inc.). The external quantum efficiency EQE was calculated based on the obtained spectral radiance spectra, assuming that the spectra was provided under a Lambertian radiation. A unit of EQE is %. Table 4 shows relative values of EQE, which were calculated according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X13) below. A unit of the relative value of EQE is %.

[00041] $\begin{matrix} EQE (relative value) = EQE of each Example / EQE of Comparative 7) 100 & (Numerical Formula X13) \end{matrix}$

Lifetime LT95

[2329] Voltage was applied to the produced organic EL device such that a current density was 50 mA/cm.sup.2, where a time (LT95 (unit: hr)) elapsed before a luminance intensity was reduced to 95% of the initial luminance intensity was measured as a lifetime. The luminance intensity was measured with a spectroradiometer CS-2000 (manufactured by Konica Minolta, Inc.). Relative values of lifetime LT95 were calculated based on the measurement value of LT95 in each Example according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.23) below. A unit of the relative value of lifetime LT95 is %.

[2330] LT95 (relative value)=(LT95 of each Example/LT95 of Comparative 7) 100 (Numerical Formula X23)

TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 4 Third anode-side First anode-side organic layer Second anode-side organic layer organic layer Device evaluation First organic Refrac- Second organic Additive material Refrac- Third Refrac- result material Acceptor material tive material (Fourth material) tive organic tive EQE LT95 Content Content index Content Content index material index (relative (relative Name [mass %] Name [mass %] NM.sub.1 Name [mass %] Name [mass %] NM.sub.2 Name NM.sub.3 value) value) Ex. 9 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HT1 75 HA2-1 25 2.05 HT2 1.79 103% 100% Ex. 10 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HT1 75 HA2-2 25 2.04 HT2 1.79 102% 102% Ex. 11 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HT1 75 HA2-3 25 2.05 HT2 1.79 102% 102% Comp. 7 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HT1 100 2.03 HT2 1.79 100% 100% Comp. 8 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HA2-1 100 2.10 HT2 1.79 101% 70% Comp. 9 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HA2-2 100 2.08 HT2 1.79 101% 65% Comp. 10 HT1 90 HA1 10 2.03 HA2-3 100 2.09 HT2 1.79 93% 60%

[2331] The organic EL devices of Examples 9 to 11 each had an improved EQE as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 7. The organic EL devices of Examples 10 to 11 each had a prolonged lifetime as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 7. The organic EL devices of Comparatives 8 to 10, in which the second anode-side organic layer contained only the additive material (fourth material), exhibited a large refractive index NM.sub.2 of the second anode-side organic layer but had a shortened lifetime.

Production (5) of Organic EL Device

[2332] An organic EL device in Example 12 as an example of the fourth exemplary embodiment or the sixth exemplary embodiment and an organic EL device in Comparative 11 for comparison were produced as follows. The description regarding the fourth exemplary embodiment or the sixth exemplary embodiment is applied to the description regarding Example 12 and Comparative 11.

Example 12

[2333] A glass substrate (size: 25 mm75 mm1.1 mm thick, produced by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonic-cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for five minutes, and then UV-ozone-cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.

[2334] After the glass substrate having the transparent electrode line was cleaned, the glass substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. First, the compound HT1-A and the compound HA1 were co-deposited on a surface of the glass substrate, where the transparent electrode line was provided, to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a 10-nm-thick first anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1-A and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer were 97 mass % and 3 mass %, respectively.

[2335] The compound HT1-A was vapor-deposited on the first anode-side organic layer to form a 35-nm-thick second anode-side organic layer.

[2336] The compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-1 were co-deposited on the second anode-side organic layer to form a 45-nm-thick third anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-1 in the third anode-side organic layer were both 50 mass %.

[2337] The compound EBL was vapor-deposited on the third anode-side organic layer to form a 5-nm-thick fourth anode-side organic layer.

[2338] A compound BH2-A (first host material) and a compound BD-1 (first luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the fourth anode-side organic layer to form a 20-nm-thick first emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH2-A and the compound BD-1 in the first emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2339] A compound HBL-2 was vapor-deposited on the first emitting layer to form a 5-nm-thick first electron transporting layer (also referred to as a hole blocking layer).

[2340] A compound ET and a compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transporting layer to form a 25-nm-thick second electron transporting layer. The ratios of the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET) were both 50 mass %.

[2341] Next, ytterbium (Yb) was vapor-deposited on the second electron transporting layer to form a 1-nm-thick electron injecting layer.

[2342] Metal Al was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to form an 80-nm-thick cathode.

[2343] A device arrangement of the organic EL device in Example 12 is roughly shown as follows.

[00042] $ITO (130) / HT 1 - A : HA 1 (10, 97 % : 3 %) / HT 1 - A (35) / HT 2 : HT 2 A - 1 (45, 50 % : 50 %) / EBL (5) / BH 2 - A : BD - 1 (20, 99 % : 1 %) / HBL - 2 (5) / ET : Liq (25, 50 % : 50 %) / Yb (1) / Al (80)$

Comparative 11

[2344] An organic EL device of Comparative 11 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device of Example 12 except that the third anode-side organic layer was formed using only the compound HT2 without using the fifth material as the additive material. The ratio of the compound HT2 in the third anode-side organic layer in Comparative 11 was 100 mass %.

Evaluation (5) of Organic EL Devices

[2345] The organic EL devices produced in Example 12 and Comparative 11 were evaluated as follows. Table 5 shows the evaluation results.

External Quantum Efficiency EQE

[2346] External quantum efficiency EQE of each of the produced organic EL devices was calculated in the same manner as in <Evaluation (4) of Organic EL Devices>. Table 5 shows relative values of EQE, which were calculated according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.14) below.

[00043] $\begin{matrix} EQE (relative value) = EQE of each Example / EQE of Comparative 11) 100 & (Numerical Formula X14) \end{matrix}$

Lifetime LT95

[2347] Lifetime LT95 of each of the produced organic EL devices was measured in the same manner as in <Evaluation (4) of Organic EL Devices>. Relative values of lifetime LT95 were calculated based on the measurement value of LT95 in each Example according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X24) below.

[00044] $\begin{matrix} LT 95 (relative value) = (LT 95 of each Example / LT 95 of Comparative 11) 100 & (Numerical Formula X24) \end{matrix}$

TABLE-US-00005 TABLE 5 Second anode-side Third anode-side First anode-side organic layer organic layer organic layer First organic Second Third material Acceptor material Refractive organic Refractive organic Content Content index material index material Name [mass %] Name [mass %] NM.sub.1 Name NM.sub.2 Name Ex. 12 HT1-A 97 HA1 3 1.97 HT1-A 1.97 HT2 Comp. 11 HT1-A 97 HA1 3 1.97 HT1-A 1.97 HT2 Device Third anode-side organic layer evaluation Additive material result Third organic material (Fifth material) Refractive EQE Refractive Content Refractive Content index (relative index [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.3 value) Ex. 12 1.79 50 HT2A-1 1.73 50 1.76 110% Comp. 11 1.79 100 1.79 100%

[2348] Due to containing the additive material (fifth material) in the third anode-side organic layer, the organic EL device of Example 12 had an improved EQE as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 11.

Production (6) of Organic EL Device

[2349] Organic EL devices in Examples 13 to 16 as examples of the fourth exemplary embodiment or the sixth exemplary embodiment and an organic EL device in Comparative 12 for comparison were produced as follows. The description regarding the fourth exemplary embodiment or the sixth exemplary embodiment is applied to the description regarding Examples 13 to 16 and Comparative 12.

Example 13

[2350] A glass substrate (size: 25 mm75 mm1.1 mm thick, produced by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent electrode (anode) was ultrasonic-cleaned in isopropyl alcohol for five minutes, and then UV-ozone-cleaned for 30 minutes. The film thickness of the ITO transparent electrode was 130 nm.

[2351] After the glass substrate having the transparent electrode line was cleaned, the glass substrate was mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum evaporation apparatus. First, the compound HT1-B and the compound HA1 were co-deposited on a surface of the glass substrate, where the transparent electrode line was provided, to cover the transparent electrode, thereby forming a 10-nm-thick first anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT1-B and the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer were 97 mass % and 3 mass %, respectively.

[2352] The compound HT1-B was vapor-deposited on the first anode-side organic layer to form a 40-nm-thick second anode-side organic layer.

[2353] The compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-2 were co-deposited on the second anode-side organic layer to form a 40-nm-thick third anode-side organic layer. The ratios of the compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-2 in the third anode-side organic layer were both 50 mass %.

[2354] The compound EBL was vapor-deposited on the third anode-side organic layer to form a 5-nm-thick fourth anode-side organic layer.

[2355] A compound BH2-B (first host material) and a compound BD-2 (first luminescent compound) were co-deposited on the fourth anode-side organic layer to form a 20-nm-thick first emitting layer. The ratios of the compound BH2-B and the compound BD-2 in the first emitting layer were 99 mass % and 1 mass %, respectively.

[2356] A compound HBL was vapor-deposited on the first emitting layer to form a 5-nm-thick first electron transporting layer (also referred to as a hole blocking layer).

[2357] A compound ET and a compound Liq were co-deposited on the first electron transporting layer to form a 25-nm-thick second electron transporting layer. The ratios of the compound ET and the compound Liq in the second electron transporting layer (ET) were both 50 mass %.

[2358] Next, ytterbium (Yb) was vapor-deposited on the second electron transporting layer to form a 1-nm-thick electron injecting layer.

[2359] Metal Al was vapor-deposited on the electron injecting layer to form an 80-nm-thick cathode.

[2360] A device arrangement of the organic EL device in Example 13 is roughly shown as follows.

[00045] $ITO (130) / HT 1 - B : HA 1 (10, 97 % : 3 %) / HT 1 - B (40) / HT 2 : HT 2 A - 2 (40, 50 % : 50 %) / EBL (5) / BH 2 - B : BD - 2 (20, 99 % : 1 %) / HBL (5) / ET : Liq (25, 50 % : 50 %) / Yb (1) / Al (80)$

Example 14

[2361] An organic EL device of Example 14 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 13 except that the compound HT2A-2 as the additive material (fifth material) in the third anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material listed in Table 6.

Example 15

[2362] An organic EL device of Example 15 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 13 except that the compound HT2A-2 as the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material (compound HT2A-4) listed in Table 6, and the ratios of the compound HT2 and the compound HT2A-2 in the second anode-side organic layer were changed to 70 mass % and 30 mass %, respectively.

Example 16

[2363] An organic EL device of Example 16 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device in Example 13 except that the compound HT2A-2 as the additive material (fifth material) in the second anode-side organic layer was replaced with the additive material listed in Table 6.

Comparative 12

[2364] An organic EL device of Comparative 12 was produced in the same manner as the organic EL device of Example 13 except that the second anode-side organic layer was formed using only the compound HT2 without using the fifth material as the additive material. The ratio of the compound HT2 in the second anode-side organic layer in Comparative 12 was 100 mass %.

Evaluation (6) of Organic EL Devices

[2365] The organic EL devices produced in Examples 13 to 16 and Comparative 12 were evaluated as follows. Table 6 shows the evaluation results.

External Quantum Efficiency EQE

[2366] External quantum efficiency EQE of each of the produced organic EL devices was calculated in the same manner as in <Evaluation (4) of Organic EL Devices>. Table 6 shows relative values of EQE, which were calculated according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.15) below.

[00046] $\begin{matrix} EQE (relative value) = EQE of each Example / EQE of Comparative 12) 100 & (Numerical Formula X15) \end{matrix}$

Lifetime LT95

[2367] Lifetime LT95 of each of the produced organic EL devices was measured in the same manner as in <Evaluation (4) of Organic EL Devices>. Relative values of lifetime LT95 were calculated based on the measurement value of LT95 in each Example according to a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X25) below.

[00047] $\begin{matrix} LT 95 (relative value) = (LT 95 of each Example / LT 95 of Comparative 12) 100 & (Numerical Formula X25) \end{matrix}$

TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 6 Device evalua- Second anode-side Third anode-side organic layer tion First anode-side organic layer organic layer Additive material result First organic Second Refrac- Third organic material (Fifth material) Refrac- EQE material Acceptor material organic tive Refrac- Refrac- tive (rela- Content Content material index tive Content tive Content index tive Name [mass %] Name [mass %] Name NM.sub.2 Name index [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.3 value) Ex. 13 HT1 B 97 HA1 3 HT1-B 1.99 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-2 1.76 50 1.78 109% Ex. 14 HT1-B 97 HA1 3 HT1-B 1.99 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-3 1.53 50 1.66 106% Ex. 15 HT1-B 97 HA1 3 HT1-B 1.99 HT2 1.79 70 HT2A-4 1.76 30 1.78 108% Ex. 16 HT1-B 97 HA1 3 HT1-B 1.99 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-5 1.76 50 1.78 107% Comp. HT1-B 97 HA1 3 HT1-B 1.99 HT2 1.79 100 1.79 100% 12

[2368] Due to containing the additive material (fifth material) in the third anode-side organic layer, the organic EL devices of Examples 13 to 16 had an improved EQE as compared with the organic EL device of Comparative 12.

Evaluation on Compounds

Refractive Index

[2369] Refractive indices of constituent materials (compounds) forming the organic layer were measured as follows.

[2370] A measurement target material was vacuum-deposited on a glass substrate to form a film having an approximately 50 nm thickness. Using a spectroscopic ellipsometer (M-2000UI, produced by J. A. Woollam Co., Inc. (US)), the obtained sample film was irradiated with incident light (from ultraviolet light through visible light to near-infrared light) every 5 degrees in a measurement angle range of 45 degrees to 75 degrees to measure change in a deflection state of the light reflected by the sample surface. In order to improve the measurement accuracy of the extinction coefficient, a transmission spectrum in a substrate normal direction (direction perpendicular to a surface of the substrate of the organic EL device) was also measured by M-2000UI. Similarly, the same measurement was performed also on the glass substrate on which no measurement target material was vapor-deposited. The obtained measurement information was fitted using analysis software (Complete EASE) produced by J. A. Woollam Co., Inc.

[2371] Refractive indices in an in-plane direction and a normal direction, extinction coefficients in the in-plane direction and the normal direction, and an order parameter of an organic film formed on the substrate were calculated under fitting conditions of using an anisotropic model rotationally symmetric about one axis and setting a parameter MSE indicating a mean square error in the analysis software to be 3.0 or less. A peak close to the long-wavelength region of the extinction coefficient (in-plane direction) was defined as S1, and the order parameter was calculated by a peak wavelength of S1. As fitting conditions for the glass substrate, an isotropic model was used.

[2372] Typically, a film formed by vacuum-depositing a low molecular material on the substrate is rotationally symmetric about one axis extending along the substrate normal direction. When an angle formed by the substrate normal direction and a molecular axis in a thin film formed on the substrate is defined as 0 and the extinction coefficients in a substrate parallel direction (Ordinary direction) and a substrate perpendicular direction (Extra-Ordinary direction) obtained by performing the variable-angle spectroscopic ellipsometry measurement on the thin film are respectively defined as ko and ke, S represented by a formula below is the order parameter.

[00048] $S^{} = 1 - .Math. \cos 2 .Math. = 2 ko / (ke + 2 k o) = 2 / 3 (1 - S) S = (1 / 2) .Math. 3 \cos 2 - 1 .Math. = (ke - ko) / (ke + 2 k o)$

[2373] An evaluation method of the molecular orientation is a publicly known method, and details thereof are described in Organic Electronics, volume 10, page 127 (2009). Further, the method for forming the thin film is a vacuum deposition method.

[2374] The order parameter S obtained by the variable-angle spectroscopic ellipsometry measurement is 1.0 when all molecules are oriented in parallel with the substrate. When molecules are random without being oriented, the order parameter S is 0.66.

[2375] Herein, a value at 2.7 eV in the substrate parallel direction (Ordinary direction), from among the values measured above, is defined as a refractive index of the measurement target material. The refractive index at 2.7 eV corresponds to a refractive index at 460 nm. Herein, the refractive index at 2.7 eV in the substrate parallel direction (Ordinary direction) may be represented by noRD and the refractive index at 2.7 eV (460 nm) in the substrate perpendicular direction (Extra-Ordinary direction) may be represented by nEXT.

[2376] When a layer was formed using a constituent material containing a plurality of compounds, a refractive index of the constituent material of the layer, the layer being a film formed by co-depositing the plurality of compounds as the measurement target material on the glass substrate or a film formed by vapor-depositing a mixture containing the plurality of compounds as the measurement target material, may be measured using a spectroscopic ellipsometer in the same manner as above.

[2377] In Examples 1 to 3, since the first anode-side organic layer is a mixture containing three types of compounds, i.e., the first organic material, the second organic material, and the additive material (fourth material), a refractive index NM.sub.1 of a constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer corresponds to a refractive index of this mixture.

[2378] The refractive index of the mixture can be calculated by totalizing values, each of which is a product of a refractive index of each material and a volume fraction of each material, as described in Reference Literature 1 (J. Mater. Chem., 2009, 19,8907) and Reference Literature 2 (J. Chem. Eng. Data 1992, 37, 310-313). Herein, the refractive index of the mixture is calculated by replacing a volume fraction q with a mass ration assuming that the density of the film formed from the mixture is substantially constant. For instance, the refractive index NM.sub.4 of the first anode-side organic layer containing the first organic material, the second organic material, and the additive material (fourth material) can be calculated using a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X3) below.

[00049] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{14} = n_{1} M_{1} + n_{2} M_{2} + n_{4} M_{4} & (Numerical Formula X3) \end{matrix}$

[2379] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula X3), n.sub.1 represents the refractive index of the first organic material, n.sub.2 represents the refractive index of the second organic material, n.sub.4 represents the refractive index of the fourth material, M.sub.1 represents a mass ratio of the first organic material in the mixture, M.sub.2 represents a mass ratio of the second organic material in the mixture, and M.sub.4 represents a mass ratio of the fourth material in the mixture. A compound whose mass ratio in the mixture is 0.15 or less is not counted for calculation of the refractive index of the mixture. A compound whose mass ratio in the mixture exceeds 0.15 is counted for calculation of the refractive index of the mixture.

[2380] For instance, a refractive index NM.sub.14 of the first anode-side organic layer of the organic EL device in Example 1 is calculated as follows: NM.sub.14=2.03{0.65/(0.65+0.25)}+2.10{0.25/(0.65+0.25)}=2.05. In this calculation, an n2M.sub.2 part in the numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.3) was omitted since the mass ratio of the compound HA1 in the first anode-side organic layer was 0.10. NM.sub.14 was thus calculated.

[2381] A refractive index NM.sub.10 of the constituent material contained in the first anode-side organic layer of the organic EL device in Example 1 when the first anode-side organic layer did not contain the fourth material was determined to be the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer (compound HT1) since a mass ratio of the compound HA1 was 0.10.

[2382] The refractive indices NM.sub.14 in Examples 1 to 3 respectively correspond to the refractive indices NM.sub.1 in Examples 1 to 3.

[2383] The refractive index NM.sub.10 in Comparative 1 corresponds to the refractive index NM.sub.1 in Comparative 1. The refractive index NM.sub.10 in Comparative 1 was determined to be the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer (compound HT1) since the mass ratio of the compound HA1 contained in the first anode-side organic layer was 0.10.

[2384] The refractive indices NM.sub.1 in Comparatives 2 to 4 were determined to be the respective refractive indices of the fourth material in Comparatives 2 to 4 since the mass ratio of the second organic material (compound HA1) contained in the first anode-side organic layer in each of Comparatives 2 to 4 was 0.10.

[2385] The refractive indices NM.sub.10 and NM.sub.14 in Examples 1 to 3 and the refractive index NM.sub.10 in Comparative 1 are shown in Table 7.

TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 7 Second organic Additive material First organic material material (Fourth material) Refractive Refractive Refractive Content Content Refractive Content index index Name index [mass %] Name [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.10 NM.sub.14 Ex. 1 HT1 2.03 65 HA1 10 HA2-1 2.10 25 2.03 2.05 Ex. 2 HT1 2.03 65 HA1 10 HA2-2 2.08 25 2.03 2.04 Ex. 3 HT1 2.03 65 HA1 10 HA2-3 2.09 25 2.03 2.05 Comp. 1 HT1 2.03 90 HA1 10 2.03

[2386] A refractive index NM.sub.25 of the second anode-side organic layer containing the third organic material and the additive material (fifth material) in each of Examples 4 to 8 can be calculated using a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.31) below.

NM.sub.25=n.sub.3M.sub.3+n.sub.5M.sub.5(Numerical Formula X.sub.31)

[2387] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.31), n.sub.3 represents the refractive index of the third organic material, n.sub.5 represents the refractive index of the fifth material, M.sub.3 represents a mass ratio of the third organic material in the mixture, and M.sub.5 represents a mass ratio of the fifth material in the mixture.

[2388] A refractive index NM.sub.20 of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer of the organic EL device in each of Examples 4 to 8 when the second anode-side organic layer did not contain the fifth material was determined to be a refractive index of the third organic material (compound HT2).

[2389] The refractive indices NM.sub.25 in Examples 4 to 8 respectively correspond to the refractive indices NM.sub.2 in Examples 4 to 8.

[2390] The refractive indices NM.sub.20 in Comparatives 5 to 6 respectively correspond to the refractive indices NM.sub.2 in Comparatives 5 to 6.

[2391] The refractive indices NM.sub.20 and NM.sub.25 in Examples 4 to 8 and the refractive indices NM.sub.20 in Comparative 5 to 6 are shown in Table 8.

TABLE-US-00008 TABLE 8 Additive material Third organic material (Fifth material) Refractive Refractive Refractive Content Refractive Content index index Name index [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.20 NM.sub.25 Ex. 4 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-1 1.73 50 1.79 1.76 Ex. 5 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-2 1.76 50 1.79 1.78 Ex. 6 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-3 1.53 50 1.79 1.66 Ex. 7 HT2 1.79 70 HT2A-4 1.76 30 1.79 1.78 Ex. 8 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-5 1.76 50 1.79 1.78 Comp. 5 HT2 1.79 100 1.79 Comp. 6 HT2 1.79 100 1.79

[2392] In Examples 9 to 11, since the second anode-side organic layer is a mixture containing two types of compounds, i.e., the first organic material and the additive material (fourth material), the refractive index NM.sub.2 of the constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer corresponds to a refractive index of this mixture.

[2393] The refractive index of the mixture is calculated in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3. For instance, a refractive index NM.sub.24 of the second anode-side organic layer containing the second organic material and the additive material (fourth material) in each of Examples 4 to 6 can be calculated using a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.4) below.

[00050] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{2 4} = n_{2} M_{2} + n_{4} M_{4} & (Numerical Formula X4) \end{matrix}$

[2394] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.4), n.sub.2 represents the refractive index of the second organic material, n.sub.4 represents the refractive index of the fourth material, M.sub.2 represents a mass ratio of the second organic material in the mixture, and M.sub.4 represents a mass ratio of the fourth material in the mixture, A compound whose mass ratio in the mixture is 0.15 or less is not counted for calculation of the refractive index of the mixture. A compound whose mass ratio in the mixture exceeds 0.15 is counted for calculation of the refractive index of the mixture.

[2395] For instance, the refractive index NM.sub.24 of the second anode-side organic layer of the organic EL device of Example 9 is determined as follows: NM.sub.24=2.030.75+2.100.25=2.05. A refractive index NM.sub.20 of a constituent material contained in the second anode-side organic layer not containing the fourth material corresponds to the refractive index of the compound HT1 as the second organic material, which is 2.03.

[2396] The refractive indices NM.sub.24 in Examples 9 to 11 respectively correspond to the refractive indices NM.sub.2 in Examples 9 to 11.

[2397] The refractive index NM.sub.20 in Comparative 7 corresponds to the refractive index NM.sub.2 in Comparative 7.

[2398] The refractive index NM.sub.2 in each of Comparatives 8 to 10 was determined to be the refractive index of the fourth material contained in the second anode-side organic layer in the corresponding one of Comparatives 8 to 10.

[2399] In Examples 9 to 11 and Comparatives 7 to 10, the first anode-side organic layer is a mixture containing two types of compounds, i.e., the first organic material and the acceptor material. However, the refractive index NM.sub.1 was determined to be the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer (compound HT1) since a mass ratio of the acceptor material (compound HA1) in the first anode-side organic layer was 0.10.

TABLE-US-00009 TABLE 9 Additive material Second organic material (Fourth material) Refractive Refractive Refractive Content Refractive Content index index Name index [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.20 NM.sub.24 Ex. 9 HT1 2.03 75 HA2-1 2.10 25 2.03 2.05 Ex. 10 HT1 2.03 75 HA2-2 2.08 25 2.03 2.04 Ex. 11 HT1 2.03 75 HA2-3 2.09 25 2.03 2.05 Comp. 7 HT1 2.03 100 2.03

[2400] A refractive index NM.sub.35 of the third anode-side organic layer containing the third organic material and the additive material (fifth material) in each of Examples 12 to 16 can be calculated using a numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.41) below.

[00051] $\begin{matrix} {NM}_{3 5} = n_{3} M_{3} + n_{5} M_{5} & (Numerical Formula X41) \end{matrix}$

[2401] In the numerical formula (Numerical Formula X.sub.41), n.sub.3 represents the refractive index of the third organic material, n.sub.5 represents the refractive index of the fifth material, M.sub.3 represents a mass ratio of the third organic material in the mixture, and M.sub.5 represents a mass ratio of the fifth material in the mixture.

[2402] A refractive index NM.sub.30 of a constituent material contained in the third anode-side organic layer of the organic EL device in each of Examples 12 to 16 when the third anode-side organic layer did not contain the fifth material was determined to be a refractive index of the third organic material (compound HT2).

[2403] In Examples 12 to 16 and Comparatives 11 to 12, the first anode-side organic layer is a mixture containing two types of compounds, i.e., the first organic material and the acceptor material. However, the refractive index NM.sub.1 was determined to be the refractive index of the first anode-side organic layer since a mass ratio of the acceptor material in the first anode-side organic layer was 0.03.

[2404] The refractive indices NM.sub.35 in Examples 12 to 16 respectively correspond to the refractive indices NM.sub.3 in Examples 12 to 16.

[2405] The refractive indices NM.sub.30 in Comparatives 11 to 12 respectively correspond to the refractive indices NM.sub.3 in Comparatives 11 to 12.

[2406] The refractive indices NM.sub.30 and NM.sub.35 in Examples 12 to 16 and the refractive indices NM.sub.30 in Comparative 11 to 12 are shown in Table 10.

TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 10 Additive material Third organic material (Fifth material) Refractive Refractive Refractive Content Refractive Content index index Name index [mass %] Name index [mass %] NM.sub.30 NM.sub.35 Ex. 12 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-1 1.73 50 1.79 1.76 Ex. 13 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-2 1.76 50 1.79 1.78 Ex. 14 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-3 1.53 50 1.79 1.66 Ex. 15 HT2 1.79 70 HT2A-4 1.76 30 1.79 1.78 Ex. 16 HT2 1.79 50 HT2A-5 1.76 50 1.79 1.78 Comp. 11 HT2 1.79 100 1.79 Comp. 12 HT2 1.79 100 1.79

Singlet Energy S.SUB.1

[2407] A toluene solution of a measurement target compound at a concentration of 10 mol/L was prepared and put in a quartz cell. An absorption spectrum (ordinate axis: absorption intensity, abscissa axis: wavelength) of the thus-obtained sample was measured at a normal temperature (300K). A tangent was drawn to the fall of the absorption spectrum close to the long-wavelength region, and a wavelength value .sub.edge [nm] at an intersection of the tangent and the abscissa axis was assigned to a conversion equation (F2) below to calculate singlet energy.

[00052] $\begin{matrix} S_{1} [eV] = 1239.85 /_{edge} & Conversion Equation (F2) \end{matrix}$

[2408] A spectrophotometer (U3310 produced by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used for measuring absorption spectrum.

[2409] The tangent to the fall of the absorption spectrum close to the long-wavelength region is drawn as follows. While moving on a curve of the absorption spectrum from the local maximum value closest to the long-wavelength region, among the local maximum values of the absorption spectrum, in a long-wavelength direction, a tangent at each point on the curve is checked. An inclination of the tangent is decreased and increased in a repeated manner as the curve falls (i.e., a value of the ordinate axis is decreased). A tangent drawn at a point where the inclination of the curve is the local minimum closest to the long-wavelength region (except when absorbance is 0.1 or less) is defined as the tangent to the fall of the absorption spectrum close to the long-wavelength region.

[2410] The local maximum absorbance of 0.2 or less is not counted as the above-mentioned local maximum absorbance closest to the long-wavelength region.

[2411] The singlet energy of the compound BH1 was 3.31 eV.

[2412] The singlet energy of the compound BH2 was 3.01 eV.

[2413] The singlet energy of the compound BH2-A was 3.01 eV.

[2414] The singlet energy of the compound BH2-B was 3.01 eV.

[2415] The singlet energy of the compound BD was 2.78 eV.

[2416] The singlet energy of the compound BD-1 was 2.78 eV.

[2417] The singlet energy of the compound BD-2 was 2.73 eV.

Triplet Energy T.SUB.1

[2418] A measurement target compound was dissolved in EPA (diethylether:isopentane:ethanol=5:5:2 in volume ratio) at a concentration of 10 mol/L, and the obtained solution was put in a quartz cell to provide a measurement sample. A phosphorescence spectrum (ordinate axis: phosphorescent luminous intensity, abscissa axis: wavelength) of the measurement sample was measured at a low temperature (77K). A tangent was drawn to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region. An energy amount was calculated by a conversion equation (F1) below on a basis of a wavelength value .sub.edge [nm] at an intersection of the tangent and the abscissa axis. The calculated energy amount was defined as triplet energy T.sub.1. It should be noted that the triplet energy T.sub.1 may have an error of about plus or minus 0.02 eV depending on measurement conditions.

[00053] $\begin{matrix} T_{1} [eV] = 1 2 3 9 .85 /_{edge} & Conversion Equatio n (F 1) \end{matrix}$

[2419] The tangent to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region is drawn as follows. While moving on a curve of the phosphorescence spectrum from the short-wavelength region to the local maximum value closest to the short-wavelength region among the local maximum values of the phosphorescence spectrum, a tangent is checked at each point on the curve toward the long-wavelength of the phosphorescence spectrum. An inclination of the tangent is increased along the rise of the curve (i.e., a value of the ordinate axis is increased). A tangent drawn at a point of the local maximum inclination (i.e., a tangent at an inflection point) is defined as the tangent to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region.

[2420] A local maximum point where a peak intensity is 15% or less of the maximum peak intensity of the spectrum is not counted as the above-mentioned local maximum peak intensity closest to the short-wavelength region. The tangent drawn at a point that is closest to the local maximum peak intensity closest to the short-wavelength region and where the inclination of the curve is the local maximum is defined as a tangent to the rise of the phosphorescence spectrum close to the short-wavelength region.

[2421] For phosphorescence measurement, a spectrophotofluorometer body F-4500 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation was used.

[2422] The triplet energy of the compound BH1 was 2.09 eV.

[2423] The triplet energy of the compound BH2 was 1.87 eV.

[2424] The triplet energy of the compound BH2-A was 1.87 eV.

[2425] The triplet energy of the compound BD was 2.32 eV.

[2426] The triplet energy of the compound BD-1 was 2.32 eV.

[2427] The triplet energy of the compound BD-2 was 2.29 eV.

Measurement of Maximum Fluorescence Peak Wavelength (FL-peak) and Full Width at Half Maximum

[2428] A measurement target compound was dissolved in toluene at a concentration of 4.910.sup.6 mol/L to prepare a toluene solution thereof. Using a fluorescence spectrometer (spectrophotofluorometer F-7000 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation), the toluene solution of the measurement target compound was excited at 390 nm, where a maximum fluorescence peak wavelength (unit: nm) was measured. A full width at half maximum FWHM (unit: nm) at the maximum peak obtained based on the measured fluorescence spectrum was determined as a full width at half maximum of the measurement target compound. FWHM is an abbreviation of full width at half maximum.

[2429] The fluorescence maximum peak wavelength of the compound BD was 455 nm.

[2430] The full width at half maximum at the maximum peak of the compound BD was 17 nm.

[2431] The maximum fluorescence peak wavelength of the compound BD-1 was 445 nm.

[2432] The full width at half maximum at the maximum peak of the compound BD-1 was 17 nm.

[2433] The maximum fluorescence peak wavelength of the compound BD-2 was 452 nm.

[2434] The full width at half maximum at the maximum peak of the compound BD-2 was 20 nm.

Ionization Potential

[2435] Ionization potential of each compound was measured under atmosphere using a photoelectron spectroscope (AC-3 manufactured by RIKEN KEIKI Co., Ltd.). Specifically, the material was irradiated with light and an amount of electrons generated by charge separation was measured to determine the ionization potential of the compound.

[2436] The ionization potential of the compound HT1 was 5.66 eV.

[2437] The ionization potential of the compound HT1-A was 5.60 eV.

[2438] The ionization potential of the compound HT1-B was 5.55 eV.

EXPLANATION OF CODES

[2439] 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E, 1F, 1G, 1H . . . organic EL device, 10, 10A, 10B, 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H . . . organic layer, 2 . . . substrate, 3 . . . anode, 4 . . . cathode, 5 . . . first emitting region, 50 . . . emitting layer, 51 . . . first emitting layer, 52 . . . second emitting layer, 5B . . . first emitting region, 5C . . . first emitting region, 6, 6A, 6C, 6D, 6E, 6F, 6H . . . first hole transporting zone, 61, 61F . . . first anode-side organic layer, 62, 62F . . . second anode-side organic layer, 63, 63F . . . third anode-side organic layer, 64 . . . fourth anode-side organic layer, 65, 65F . . . first mixture layer, 66, 66F . . . second mixture layer, 67 . . . third mixture layer, 7 . . . first electron transporting zone, 72 . . . electron injecting layer.

ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE

Assignee

Inventors

Cpc classification

Classification Explorer

H10K85/60

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

C07D333/20

CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY

Classification Explorer

C07D251/24

CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY

Classification Explorer

H10K50/156

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H05B33/12

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K85/6574

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

C09K11/06

CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY

Classification Explorer

H10K85/626

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

C07D307/91

CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY

Classification Explorer

H10K50/858

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K85/6572

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

C07D409/02

CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY

Classification Explorer

H10K50/15

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K50/00

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

C07D487/04

CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY

Classification Explorer

H10K85/633

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K85/636

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K50/16

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K85/615

ELECTRICITY

Classification Explorer

H10K2102/351

ELECTRICITY

International classification

Classification Explorer

H10K85/60

ELECTRICITY

Abstract

Claims

Description